Quarterlytics / Industrials / Consulting Services / ICF International, Inc. / FY2020 Annual Report

ICF International, Inc.
Annual Report 2020

ICFI · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ICFI
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Consulting Services
Employees 9000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · ICF International, Inc.
Loading PDF…
              2020 ANNUAL REPORT 

Message from Chair, President and CEO John Wasson  

2020 was a challenging and momentous year for the world and yet a positive year for ICF. We began the year 
with the acquisition of ITG, an industry-leading IT modernization and digital transformation firm, and a key part 
of our strategy in our U.S. federal government business. No sooner had our new colleagues joined us than the 
world shifted on its axis and we found ourselves working remotely, amidst a once-in-a-century global pandemic. 
ICF’s employees responded magnificently and have adapted to our new circumstances with poise, flexibility, and 
uninterrupted commitment to client service. In November, ICF announced a fond farewell to our longstanding 
Executive  Chair  of  the  Board,  Sudhakar  Kesavan.  Upon  his  retirement,  I  assumed  the  role  of  Chair  at  the 
beginning of 2021, in addition to that of CEO. Despite devastating health and economic changes in 2020, ICF 
continued  to  grow,  add  capabilities,  and  position  ourselves  for  reopening  of  the  economy  and  opportunities 
offered by a new administration in Washington D.C. 

Our fundamental strategy remains unchanged. ICF continues to serve clients in the public and private sectors, 
bringing  them  valuable  expertise  which  is  increasingly  combined  with  technology  and  engagement  solutions. 
ICF’s nearly 7,500 employees, in offices throughout the US and worldwide, work every day to fulfill our purpose: 

“To build a more prosperous and resilient world for all” 

2020 Performance 

2020 was a year of resilience and growth for ICF.  

  Our gross revenue increased 1.9% to $1.51 billion, even though we incurred impacts of the COVID-19 
pandemic to some of our commercial markets; service revenue from the direct work of ICF employees 
increased 4.1% to $1.04 billion. 

  We were awarded contracts valued at over $1.9 billion, a record for the Company. 
  We delivered $2.87 in diluted GAAP earnings per share, down 20.1% percent from 2019, of which $0.53 
represented one-time executive retirement and lease-related charges. Non-GAAP EPS increased 0.5% 
to $4.17.  

ICF  remained  focused  on  delivering  value  for  our  clients,  opportunities  for  our  people,  and  returns  to  our 
stockholders in a world characterized by change and uncertainty. ICF helped government leaders across the world 
deliver value and transform how services are delivered to their citizens.  Our performance in 2020 continued to 
show the benefit of our strategy to serve clients in multiple markets.  

  Our government business grew, led by work for the U.S. federal government, as ICF continued to support 
many of the nation’s most essential missions. Accelerated by our early 2020 acquisition and integration 
of ITG, ICF grew our U.S. federal government revenue and won numerous important recompetes. We 
continued to do important work for State and Local governments in areas such as environmental services 
and transportation. At the same time, ICF’s European Union clients cut back as a result of the COVID-
19 pandemic, impacting the level of worked we performed for them.  

  Our  disaster  management  business  won  new  work  to  support  additional  communities  in  Texas  and 
Louisiana recovering from natural disasters.  We also won and began delivering on new work to mitigate 
the impact of future disasters for several states in the U.S. 

  Our  commercial  energy  business  continued  its  growth  as  it  delivered  Demand  Side  Management 
programs to utility customers and assisted utilities in piloting new approaches to adapt to and accelerate 
the adoption of new energy technologies.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  Our marketing and communications services, under our new ICF Next brand, continued to help sustain 
or grow our clients’ revenues as they dealt in varied ways with the impact of the pandemic, and we were 
recognized once again as a Strong Performer in the Forrester WaveTM - Loyalty Technology Platforms.  

We look forward to occupying our new global headquarters in Reston, Virginia, still planned for late 2022. In 
response to the changes catalyzed by the COVID-19 pandemic, we have accelerated our real estate consolidation 
strategy and have reflected the appropriate one-time costs in our financial statements. 

The implementation of new initiatives by the U.S. Presidential Administration are still in their early stages, but 
we already see changes in legislative priorities and executive branch policies. These changes align well to ICF’s 
growth  drivers  and  are  often  discernible  in  daily  news  coverage  –  for  example,  changes  to  climate  policy, 
increases in energy efficiency standards, renewed emphasis on public health programs, the release of funds for 
disaster recovery, and an increased focus on infrastructure. Other changes are more deeply embedded, such as the 
need to continue to modernize Federal programs and technology. 

The amazing work of scientists and medical professionals around the world has brought a growing arsenal of anti- 
SARS-CoV2 vaccines to the market and enabled mass vaccination efforts, ushering in hopes for a more-normal 
second  half  2021.  While  we  are  still  working  remotely,  we  foresee  a  return  to  the  office,  in  some  manner, 
sometime in the latter part of 2021. Until then, ICF employees will continue to serve our clients with the same 
focus and creativity as they have this past year. 

Work That Makes Us Proud 

ICF is proud of the work we do. While the breadth of our client services makes a comprehensive description 
impossible here, we highlight below a few examples of the ways we do make a difference to our clients and the 
world: 

 

 

ICF  is  supporting  several  federal  agencies  responding  to  the  coronavirus  pandemic.  We  assisted  the 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) through our syndromic surveillance activities under 
the BioSense program in tracking the spread of COVID-19, thereby allowing the CDC to better identify 
virus hotspots and coordinate responses. Assisting the National Institutes of Health (NIH), ICF designed, 
stood up and is currently maintaining a website that provides COVID-19 treatment guidelines for use by 
physicians and healthcare providers. ICF also continued to support the Department of Health and Human 
Services (HHS) with its preparedness and response activities related to COVID-19 through our work for 
its Technical Resources, Assistance Center, and Information Exchange known as TRACIE. 

ICF continued our support of ENERGY STAR®, which we have supported since its inception 30 years 
ago, by providing strategic, technical and analytical support for ENERGY STAR-labeled products and 
residential, commercial and industrial programs. In 2018 alone, ENERGY STAR and its partners helped 
Americans save nearly 430 billion kilowatt-hours of electricity and avoid $35 billion in energy costs, 
with associated emission reductions of 330 million metric tons of greenhouse gases. We are very proud 
of our ongoing support of this innovative program and our role in establishing one of the nation’s most 
recognized brands. 

  We  continue  to  manage  the  Child  Welfare  Information  Gateway,  an  important  resource  for  getting 
essential research, best practices, Children’s Bureau guidance and data into the hands of child welfare 
and related professionals to aid in their efforts to protect children and strengthen families. ICF is now 
also  providing  substantial  digital  transformation  work,  modernizing  the  clearinghouse's  aging  IT 
infrastructure and rehosting it on a more secure cloud-based platform. We are also providing technical 
assistance  and  guidance  to  state  and  tribal  child  welfare  agencies  in  developing  and  implementing 
modernized IT systems to support their child welfare programs. 

  We were active in early stages of the responses to weather events of 2020, supporting Gulf states with 
initial response and recovery activities for Hurricanes Laura and Delta, utilizing our innovative drone 
technology and data management tools.  

 
 
 
 
 

ICF is proud to have been awarded one new and four recompete contracts by HHS Administration for 
Children and Families to support Head Start programs across 18 states and the District of Columbia. ICF 
continues  to  provide  training  and  technical  assistance  to  improve  Head  Start  services  to  grantees  to 
enable  them  to  promote  school  readiness for  children  under  five  who  are  from  low-income families. 
Created  fifty  years  ago,  Head  Start  is  the  national  commitment  to  give  every  child,  regardless  of 
circumstances at birth, an opportunity to succeed in school and in life. ICF has supported Head Start 
programs for more than fifteen of those years, providing training and technical assistance to five regions 
across the country, including 37 states and 175 tribes. 

  We are working with state and local clients in the U.S. and in Canada, as well as several of the largest 
energy clients across North America, to increase resilience to climate change. Examples of our work 
include analyzing and quantifying the benefits of storm water resilience investments in Miami Beach 
and working with large utilities on plans to protect their infrastructure from future natural disasters. 

  When the global pandemic changed the practicality of an in-person event with only six weeks to go, ICF 
assisted in adapting the 2020 European Union Sustainable Energy Week from a physical to a virtual 
event, delivering a successful, innovative, and interactive event hosting more than 4,600 daily attendees. 

  For  the  last  four  years,  our  public  health  communications  team  has  been  working  with  the  CDC’s 
Division  of  HIV/AIDS  Prevention  on  developing  its  web  and  social  media  messaging.  Our 
methodological  approach  to  data  collection  and  analysis  informs  the  materials  and  campaigns  we 
produce.  This  work  integrates  with  HIV.gov,  a  website  ICF  initially  designed  in  2005  as  AIDS.gov, 
which became the first mobile federal website in 2017. 

 

ICF Next assisted our client, Serta, to donate 10,000 mattresses to New York City hospitals and medical 
facilities fighting COVID-19 and successfully launched “Stay Home, Send Beds,” a program allowing 
bed donations from anyone. In addition to providing a public service, the campaign earned Serta more 
than 300 million media impressions in outlets like Fox Business, Forbes, and on NBC’s Early Today 
Show. 

Beyond these named examples, we continue to provide assistance to our customers in governments and private 
sector companies around the world. ICF is continuing to find additional ways to support them with our broadening 
value proposition. 

Environment, Social, and Governance (ESG) Commitment 

In a historic year like 2020, ICF’s commitment to ESG principles was more important than ever. As before, our 
corporate  giving  was  guided  by  ICF  employees.      In  2020,  ICF’s  corporate  giving  totaled  $714,000,  and 
employees  personally  volunteered  thousands  of  hours  and  donated  $515,000  to  a  variety  of  causes  and 
philanthropic  initiatives,  including  those  strongly  focused  on  social  justice.  Our  employees’  generosity  is  an 
inspiration and example for us all.   

To  sustain  ICF’s  15  year-long  commitment  to  carbon  neutrality  in  2020,  we  purchased  100%  net  renewable 
electricity for U.S. operations via renewable energy certificates that are Green-e® certified. After ICF became a 
signatory of the UN Global Compact in 2019, in 2020 we followed up by committing to a science-based carbon 
reduction target. ICF continues to employ many sustainability tactics such as reducing our real estate footprint, 
prioritizing leases in green buildings, providing online collaboration tools to reduce the need for business travel, 
and promoting a commuter transit benefit. Each year ICF takes inventory of our carbon emissions, including those 
from facilities, business travel and employee commuting, which are the three sources of greatest impact.  Our 
2021 Proxy Statement includes data showing ICF’s progress in reducing emissions both per employee and on an 
absolute basis. ICF is proud to have again been awarded an A- grade by CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure 
Project). 

In 2020, ICF initiated a formal Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion program and issued an unambiguous statement 
against racism and social injustice. While there is more progress to be made, ICF believes it is essential that we 
live up to the fullest expression of our purpose and the intent of the company’s founders.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our People 

I am proud to assume the responsibilities of Chair of the Board and to continue leading ICF and its approximately 
7,500 employees. The resilience and creativity shown by ICF employees throughout the last challenging year has 
inspired me to re-commit the company to growth and fulfillment of our purpose. We look forward to emerging 
from the COVID-19 pandemic and contributing in ever-larger ways to a resilient, prosperous, and sustainable 
future around the world. 

Wishing you all success in 2021, and continued health and safety for you and yours! 

John Wasson 
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
                          
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

Form 10-K 

(Mark One)  
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 

OR 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the Transition Period From             to 

Commission File Number: 001-33045  

ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC.  
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

9300 Lee Highway 
Fairfax, VA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

22-3661438 
(IRS Employer 
Identification Number) 

22031 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  
(703) 934-3000  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Trading Symbols(s) 
ICFI 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 
405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such 
files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, 
or  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

☐ 
☐ 
☐ 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 

☒     Accelerated filer 
☐     Smaller reporting company 
   Emerging growth company 

any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Ex-change Act.   ☐ 

Indicate by check  mark  whether the  registrant has  filed a  report on and attestation to its  management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report.   ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒ 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the last business day of the 
Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $1,170 million based upon the closing price per share of $64.83, as quoted 
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2020. Shares of the outstanding common stock held by each executive officer and director have been 
excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other 
purposes. 

As of February 19, 2021, 18,874,883 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, were outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected to be held in May 

2021. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I .............................................................................................................................................................................. 

ITEM 1. 

  Business ....................................................................................................................................................... 

ITEM 1A. 

  Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................. 

ITEM 1B. 

  Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................................ 

ITEM 2. 

  Properties ..................................................................................................................................................... 

ITEM 3. 

  Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................................ 

ITEM 4. 

  Mine Safety Disclosures .............................................................................................................................. 

2

2

14

27

27

27

27

PART II ............................................................................................................................................................................. 

28

ITEM 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities .................................................................................................................................................. 

ITEM 6. 

  Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 

ITEM 7. 

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...................... 

ITEM 7A. 

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ...................................................................... 

ITEM 8. 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................ 

ITEM 9. 

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................... 

ITEM 9A. 

  Controls and Procedures .............................................................................................................................. 

ITEM 9B. 

  Other Information ........................................................................................................................................ 

PART III ............................................................................................................................................................................ 

ITEM 10. 

  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance .......................................................................... 

ITEM 11. 

  Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 

ITEM 12. 

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .... 

ITEM 13. 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................. 

ITEM 14. 

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ...................................................................................................... 

PART IV ........................................................................................................................................................................... 

ITEM 15. 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................... 

28

31

32

50

50

50

51

51

52

52

52

52

52

52

53

53

i 

  
  
    
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
  
 
  
 
  
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Some of the statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements as defined in the 

Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. These statements involve known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be 
materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such 
forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as 
“anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or 
similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully. The risk factors described in Item 1A of Part 
I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K captioned “Risk Factors,” or otherwise described in our filings with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as well as any cautionary language in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, provide 
examples of risks, uncertainties, and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we 
describe in our forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Our dependence on contracts with United States (“U.S.”) federal, state and local, and international 
governments, agencies and departments for the majority of our revenue; 

Changes in federal government budgeting and spending priorities; 

Failure by Congress or other governmental bodies to approve budgets and debt ceiling increases in a timely 
fashion and related reductions in government spending; 

Failure of the Administration and Congress to agree on spending priorities, which may result in temporary 
shutdowns of non-essential federal functions, including our work to support such functions; 

Effects of the novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”), or any other future pandemic, and related national, 
state and local government actions and reactions, on the health of our staff and that of our clients, the 
continuity of our and our clients’ operations, our results of operations and our outlook; 

Results of routine and non-routine government audits and investigations; 

Dependence of our commercial work on certain sectors of the global economy that are highly cyclical; 

Failure to receive the full amount of our backlog;  

Risks inherent in being engaged in significant and complex disaster relief efforts and grants management 
programs involving multiple tiers of government in very stressful environments; 

Difficulties in integrating acquisitions; 

Risks resulting from expanding our service offerings and client base; 

Acquisitions we undertake may present integration challenges, fail to perform as expected, increase our 
liabilities, and/or reduce our earnings; 

The lawsuit filed by the State of Louisiana seeking approximately $220.2 million in alleged overpayments 
from the Road Home contract; and 

Additional risks as a result of having international operations.  

Our forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the information 

available to our management at the time these disclosures were prepared. Although we believe the expectations reflected in 
these statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. You 
should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the 
future. 

The terms “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company,” as used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, refer to 

ICF International, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. The term “federal” or “federal 
government” refers to the U.S. federal government, and “state and local” or “state and local government” refers to U.S. 
state (including U.S. territories) and local governments, unless otherwise indicated. 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

COMPANY OVERVIEW 

PART I  

We provide professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients, including 

management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting and implementation services. We help our clients conceive, 
develop, implement, and improve solutions that address complex business, natural resource, social, technological, and 
public safety issues. Our services primarily support clients that operate in four key markets: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure; 

Health, Education, and Social Programs; 

Safety and Security; and 

Consumer and Financial. 

We provide services across these four markets that deliver value throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, 

program, project, or initiative. Our primary services include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Advisory Services. We research critical policy, industry, and stakeholder issues, trends, and behavior. We 
measure and evaluate results and their impact and, based on those assessments, provide strategic planning and 
advice to our clients on how to navigate societal, market, business, communication, and technology 
challenges. 

Program Implementation Services. We identify, define, and implement policies, plans, programs, and business 
tools that make our clients’ organizations more effective and efficient. Our comprehensive, end-to-end 
solutions are implemented through a wide range of standard and customized methodologies designed to match 
our clients’ business context. 

Analytics Services. We conduct survey research and collect and analyze wide varieties and large volumes of 
data to understand critical issues and options for our clients and provide actionable business intelligence. We 
provide information and data management solutions that allow for integrated, purpose-driven data usage.  

Digital Services. We design, develop, and implement cutting-edge technology systems and business tools that 
are key to our clients’ mission or business performance, and include solutions to optimize the customer and 
citizen experience for our clients. We provide cybersecurity solutions that support the full range of 
cybersecurity missions and protect evolving IT infrastructures in the face of relentless threats and modernize 
IT systems core to our clients’ operations.   

Engagement Services. We inform and engage our clients’ constituents, customers, and employees to drive 
behavior and outcomes through public relations, branding and marketing, multichannel and strategic 
communications, and reputation issues management. Our engagement services frequently rely on our digital 
design and implementation skills, such as web and app development. 

We perform work for both government and commercial clients. Our government clients include U.S. federal 

agencies, state and local governments, as well as governments outside the U.S. Our commercial clients include both U.S. 
and international clients. Our clients utilize our services because we offer a combination of deep subject matter expertise, 
technical solutions, and institutional experience which ensures that our solutions are beneficial. We believe that our domain 
expertise and the program knowledge developed from our advisory engagements further position us to provide our full suite 
of services. 

We report operating results and financial data in one operating and reportable segment. We generated revenue of 

$1,506.9 million, $1,478.5 million, and $1,338.0 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Our total backlog was 
approximately $2,897.6 million, $2,402.7 million, and $2,377.7 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, 
respectively.  

As of December 31, 2020, we had nearly 7,500 full and part-time employees around the globe, including many 

recognized as thought leaders in their respective fields. We serve clients globally from our headquarters in the Washington, 
D.C. metropolitan area, our 56 regional offices throughout the U.S., and 22 offices outside the U.S., including offices in the 
United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Belgium, China, India and Canada. 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
OUR COMPANY INFORMATION 

ICF International, Inc. is a Delaware limited liability company formed in 1999 under the name ICF Consulting 

Group Holdings, LLC. It was formed to purchase our principal operating subsidiary, which was founded in 1969, from a 
larger services organization. A number of our current senior managers participated in this transaction, along with private 
equity investors. We converted to a Delaware corporation in 2003 and changed our name to ICF International, Inc. in 2006. 
We completed our initial public offering in September 2006.  

Our principal executive office is currently located at 9300 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia 22031, and our telephone 

number is (703) 934-3000. We maintain an internet website at www.icf.com. We make available our Annual Reports on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to such reports filed or 
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 
other information related to us, free of charge, on this site as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
those documents with, or otherwise furnish them to, the SEC. Our internet website and the information contained therein or 
connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The SEC also maintains an 
internet website that contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file 
electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. 

MARKET OPPORTUNITY, SERVICES, AND SOLUTIONS 

Complex, long-term market factors, which include geopolitical, environmental and demographic trends, are 
changing the way people live and the way government and industry operate and interact. We are all affected not only by the 
increasing breadth and invasiveness of change, but also by its velocity. These factors have significant impacts on the 
markets in which our clients operate.  

In addition to these market-based factors, developments across all of our markets are increasing the demand for 
advisory services that drive our business. These trends include increased government focus on environmental initiatives; 
efficiency and mission performance management; generational changes; the emphasis on transparency and accountability; 
and an increased demand for combining domain knowledge of client mission and programs with innovative technology-
enabled solutions. We see growth opportunities for technology-based solutions involving digital services and strategic 
communications across all of our markets. 

We believe that demand for our services will continue as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek to 

understand and respond to these and other factors. We expect that our government clients will continue to utilize 
professional services firms with relevant domain expertise to assist with designing new programs, enhancing existing ones, 
offering transformational solutions, and deploying innovative information and communications technology. In addition, 
commercial organizations affected by these programs will need to understand such changes, as well as their implications, in 
order for them to plan appropriately. More broadly, we believe our commercial clients will demand innovative services and 
solutions that can help them connect with customers and stakeholders in an increasingly connected and crowded 
marketplace. We also see opportunity to further leverage our digital and client engagement capabilities across our 
commercial and government client base. We believe that our institutional knowledge and subject matter expertise are a 
distinct competitive advantage in providing our clients with practical, innovative solutions, which are directly applicable to 
their mission or business, and deploying them quickly with the right resources. Moreover, we believe we will be able to 
leverage the domain expertise and program knowledge we have developed through advisory assignments and our 
experience with program management, technology-based solutions, and engagement projects to win larger engagements, 
which generally lead to increasing returns on business development investment and promote higher employee 
utilization.  Rapid changes in technology, including the omnipresent influence of mobile, social, and cloud technologies, 
also demand new ways of communicating, evaluating and implementing programs, and we are focused on leveraging our 
expertise in technology to capitalize on those changes. 

Our future results will depend on the success of our strategy to capitalize on our competitive strengths, including 

our success in maintaining our long-standing client relationships, to seek larger engagements across the program life cycle 
and to complete and successfully integrate strategic acquisitions. We will continue to focus on: building scale in vertical 
and horizontal domain expertise; developing business with both our government and commercial clients; and replicating 
our business model geographically in selected regions of the world. In doing so, we will continue to evaluate strategic 
acquisition opportunities that enhance our subject matter knowledge, broaden our service offerings, and/or provide scale in 
specific geographies. 

3 

 
 
Although we continue to see favorable long-term market opportunities, there are certain near-term challenges 

facing all government service providers. Administrative and legislative actions by governments to address changing 
priorities could have a negative impact on our business, which may result in a reduction to our revenue and profit and 
adversely affect cash flow. However, we believe we are well positioned to provide a broad range of services in support of 
initiatives that will continue to be priorities to the federal government as well as to state and local and international 
governments and commercial clients.  

Our portfolio includes a sizable amount of federal client work and we take active measures to minimize the impact 

of any federal government shutdown on our performance and our people. Past government shutdowns have not had a 
material impact on our performance, and federal government funding overall is relatively secure for the remainder of 2021. 
However, a federal government shutdown of any length is highly unpredictable for our impacted employees, for our clients, 
and for us as a company and, in the event of any future shutdowns, we cannot predict the impact on us or our operations. 

Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure 

For decades, we have advised on energy and environmental issues, including the impact of human activity on 

natural resources, and have helped develop solutions for infrastructure-related challenges. In addition to addressing 
government policy and regulation in these areas, our work focuses on industries that are affected by these policies and 
regulations, particularly those industries most heavily involved in the use and delivery of energy. Significant factors 
affecting suppliers, users, and regulators of energy are driving private and public sector demand for professional services 
firms, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Changing power markets, increasingly diverse sources of supply including distributed energy resources and an 
increased demand for alternative sources of energy and/or energy storage; 

The changing role of the U.S. in the world’s energy markets; 

Ongoing efforts to upgrade energy infrastructure to meet new power, transmission, environmental, and 
cybersecurity requirements and to enable more distributed forms of generation;  

Changing public policy and regulations surrounding the modernization of and investment in an upgraded 
energy infrastructure, including new business models that may accompany those changes; and 

The need to manage energy demand and increase efficient energy use in an era of environmental concerns, 
especially regarding carbon and other emissions. 

We assist energy enterprises worldwide in their efforts to analyze, develop, and implement strategies related to their 

business operations and the interrelationships of those operations with the environment and applicable government 
regulations. We utilize our policy expertise, deep industry knowledge, and proprietary modeling tools to advise government 
and commercial clients on key topics related to electric power, traditional fuels, and renewable sources of energy. Our areas 
of expertise include power market analysis and modeling, transmissions analysis, electric system reliability standards, 
energy asset valuation and due diligence, regulatory and litigation support, fuels market analysis, air regulatory strategy, 
and renewable energy and green power.  

We also assist commercial and government clients in designing, implementing, and evaluating demand side 
management programs, both for residential and for commercial and industrial sectors. Utility companies must balance the 
changing demand for energy with a price-sensitive, environmentally conscious consumer base. We help utilities meet these 
needs, guiding them through the entire life cycle of energy efficiency and related demand side management programs, 
including policy and planning, determining technical requirements, and program implementation and improvement. 

Carbon emissions have been an important focus of federal government regulation, international governments, many 

state and local governments, and multinational corporations around the world. Reducing or offsetting greenhouse gas 
(“GHG”) emissions continues to be the subject of both public and private sector interest, and the regulatory landscape in 
this area is still evolving. The need to address carbon and other harmful emissions has significantly changed the way the 
world’s governments and industries interact and continues to be one of the drivers of interest in energy efficiency. 
Moreover, how government and business adapt to the effects of climate change continues to be of global importance. We 
support governments at the federal and state and local level, including providing comprehensive support to NASA’s Global 
Change Research Program. Additionally, we support ministries and agencies of the government of the U.K. and European 
Commission, as well as commercial clients, on these and related issues.  

4 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We also have decades of experience in designing, evaluating, and implementing environmental policies and 
environmental compliance programs for transportation (including aviation) and other infrastructure projects. A number of 
key issues are driving increased demand for the services we provide in these areas, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Increased focus on the proper stewardship of natural resources;  

Changing precipitation patterns and drought that is affecting water infrastructure and availability; 

Aging water, energy, and transportation infrastructure, particularly in the U.S.; 

The increasing exposure of infrastructure to damage and interference by severe weather events influenced by a 
changing climate, and therefore the need to become more resilient to those effects; 

Under-investment in transportation infrastructure; and 

Changing patterns of economic development that require transportation systems and energy infrastructure to 
adapt to new patterns of demand. 

By leveraging our interdisciplinary skills, which range from finance and economics to earth and life sciences, 

information technology, and program management, we are able to provide a wide range of services that include complex 
environmental impact assessments, environmental management information systems, air quality assessments, program 
evaluation, transportation and aviation planning and operational improvement, strategic communications, and regulatory 
reinvention. We help clients deal specifically with the interrelated environmental, business, and social implications of 
issues surrounding all transportation modes and infrastructure. From the environmental management of complex 
infrastructure engagements to strategic and operational concerns of airlines and airports, our solutions draw upon our 
expertise and institutional knowledge in transportation, urban and land use planning, industry management practices, 
financial analysis, environmental sciences, and economics. 

Health, Education, and Social Programs 

We also apply our expertise across our full suite of services in the areas of health, education, and social programs. 
We believe that a confluence of factors will drive an increased need for public and private focus on these areas, including, 
among others: 

•  Weaknesses in our healthcare delivery systems exposed by COVID-19; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Expanded healthcare services to underserved portions of the population; 

Rising healthcare expenditures, which require the evaluation of the effectiveness and efficiency of current and 
new programs;  

Rampant substance abuse and widespread social and health impacts of the opioid abuse epidemic; 

The emphasis on improving the effectiveness of the U.S. and other countries’ educational systems; 

The need to digitally transform and modernize the technology infrastructure underpinning government 
operations; 

The need for greater transparency and accountability of public sector programs; 

A continued high need for social support systems, in part due to an aging population; 

The need to recover from natural disasters such as hurricanes, wildfires, and earthquakes; 

The perceived declining performance of the U.S. educational system compared to other countries; 

A changing regulatory environment; and 

Military personnel returning home from active duty with health and social service needs.  

We believe we are well positioned to provide our services to help our clients develop and manage effective 
programs in the areas of health, education, and social programs at the international, regional, national, and local levels. Our 
subject matter expertise includes public health, mental health, international health and development, health communications 
and associated interactive technologies, education, child and family welfare needs, housing and communities, and substance 
abuse. Our combination of domain knowledge and our experience in information technology-based applications provides us 
with strong capabilities in health and social programs informatics and analytics, which we believe will be of increasing 
importance as the need to manage information grows. We partner with our clients in the government and commercial 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
sectors to increase their knowledge base, support program development, enhance program operations, evaluate program 
results, and improve program effectiveness. 

In the area of public health, we support many agencies and programs within the U.S. Department of Health and 

Human Services (“HHS”), including the National Institutes of Health (the “NIH”) and the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention (the “CDC”), by conducting primary data collection and analyses, assisting in designing, delivering and 
evaluating programs, managing technical assistance centers, providing instructional systems, developing information 
technology applications, and managing information clearinghouse operations. Increasingly, we provide multichannel 
communications and messaging for public health programs using capabilities similar to those used to provide marketing 
services to our commercial clients. We also provide training and technical assistance for early care and educational 
programs (such as Head Start), and health and demographic surveys in developing countries for the U.S. Department of 
State (the “DOS”). In the area of social programs, we provide extensive training, technical assistance, and program analysis 
and support services for a number of the housing and disaster recovery programs of the U.S. Department of Housing and 
Urban Development (“HUD”) and state, territorial, and local governments. In addition, we provide research, program 
design, evaluation, and training for educational initiatives at the federal and state level. We provide similar services to a 
variety of U.K. ministries, as well as several Directorates-General of the European Commission. 

Safety and Security 

Safety and security programs continue to be a critical priority of the federal government, state and local 

governments, international governments (especially in Europe), and in the commercial sector. We believe we are positioned 
to meet the following key safety concerns: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Vulnerability of critical infrastructure to cyber and terrorist threats; 

Increasing risks to enterprises’ reputations in the wake of a cyber-attack; 

Broadened homeland security concerns that include areas such as health, food, energy, water, and 
transportation; 

Reassessment of the emergency management functions of homeland security in the face of natural disasters; 

Safety issues around crime and at-risk behavior; 

Increased dependence on private sector personnel and organizations in emergency response; and 

The need to ensure that critical functions and sectors are resilient and able to recover quickly after attacks or 
disasters in either the physical or cyber realms. 

These security concerns create demand for government programs that can identify, prevent, and mitigate key 

cybersecurity and the societal issues they cause. 

We believe that demand for our services will continue to grow as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek 
to address critical long-term societal and natural resource issues due to heightened concerns about: clean energy and energy 
efficiency; health promotion, treatment, and cost control; the means by which healthcare can be delivered effectively of a 
cross-jurisdictional basis; natural disaster relief and rebuild efforts; and ongoing homeland security threats. In the wake of 
the major hurricanes (Harvey, Irma, Maria, Laura and Michael), that devastated communities in Texas, Florida, North 
Carolina, Louisiana, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico, the affected areas remain in various stages of relief and 
recovery efforts.  We believe our prior experience with disaster relief and rebuild efforts, including those from Hurricanes 
Katrina and Rita and Superstorm Sandy, puts us in a favorable position to provide recovery and housing assistance, and 
environmental and infrastructure solutions, including disaster mitigation, on behalf of federal departments and agencies, 
state, territorial and local jurisdictions, and regional agencies.  

In addition, the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) is undergoing major transformations in its approach to 
strategies, processes, organizational structures, and business practices due to several complex, long-term factors, including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The changing nature of global security threats, including cybersecurity threats; 

Family issues associated with globally-deployed armed forces; 

The increasing use of commercial cloud computing infrastructure and services to support the DoD enterprise; 
and  

The increasing need for real-time information sharing and logistics modernization and network-centric 
planning requirements, and the global nature of conflict arenas. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
We provide key services to the DoD, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”), the U.S. Department of 
Justice (“DOJ”), and analogous Directorates-General at the European Commission. We support DoD by providing high-end 
strategic planning, analysis, and technology-based solutions in the areas of logistics management, operational support, 
command and control, and cybersecurity. We also provide the defense sector with critical infrastructure protection, 
environmental management, human capital assessment, military community research, and technology-enabled solutions. 
We strengthened our offerings in these areas as a result of our Incentive Technology Group, LLC (“ITG”) acquisition in 
January 2020. 

At DHS, we assist in shaping and managing critical programs to ensure the safety of communities, developing 
critical infrastructure protection plans and processes, establishing goals and capabilities for national preparedness at all 
levels of government in the U.S., and managing the national program to test radiological emergency preparedness at the 
state and local government levels in communities adjacent to nuclear power facilities. At DOJ, we provide technical and 
communications assistance to programs that help victims of crime and at-risk youths. At the European Commission, we 
provide support and analytical services related to justice and home affairs issues within the European context. 

Consumer and Financial Markets 

In the area of consumer and financial markets, some of the long-term market factors that we believe will have an 

impact on our clients include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Increased use of interactive digital technologies to link organizations with consumers and other stakeholders in 
more varied and personalized ways, and less reliance on traditional print and television marketing; 

Changing industry structures in marketing and advertising services;  

The desire for greater return on marketing investment; and  

The continued elevation of data analytics as a business management and marketing tool, as well as the 
concomitant growth of concerns about, and regulation of, data capture and exploitation for marketing and 
other private and public sector purposes. 

We combine our expertise in strategic communications, marketing and creative services and public relations with 

our strengths in interactive and mobile technologies to help companies develop stronger relationships and engage with their 
customers and stakeholders across all channels, whether via traditional or digital media, to drive better operating results. 
We continue to strengthen our services in the fields of content and customer relationship management, loyalty marketing, 
and end-to-end e-commerce. In an effort to enhance our positioning and build awareness outside of our traditional client 
set, we have combined capabilities from strategic acquisitions to create a full-service, technology-rooted advertising agency 
that guides brands digitally through informed strategy, inspired creative design, and technical know-how. We have the 
capability to complete projects big or small across all channels (including web, social, mobile, intranet and emerging 
platforms) through end-to-end technology-based implementations for local and global clients. Target customer areas 
include airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, health care companies, banks and other financial services companies, 
transportation, travel and hospitality firms, non-profits/associations, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution 
companies.  

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS 

We possess the following key business strengths: 

We have a highly educated professional staff with deep subject matter knowledge 

We possess strong intellectual capital that provides us with a deep understanding of policies, processes, and 
programs across our clients’ markets. Our thought leadership is based on years of training, experience, and education. We 
are able to apply our in-depth knowledge of our subject matter experts and our experience developed over 40 years of 
providing advisory services to address the problems and issues our clients are facing. As of December 31, 2020, 
approximately 35% of our benefits-eligible staff held post-graduate degrees in diverse fields such as the social sciences, 
business and management, physical sciences, public policy, human capital, information technology, mathematics, 
engineering, planning, economics, life sciences, and law. These qualifications, and the complementary nature of our 
markets, enable us to deploy multi-disciplinary teams to identify, develop, and implement solutions that are creative, 
pragmatic, and tailored to our clients’ specific needs. 

7 

  
  
  
  
 
 
We believe our diverse range of client markets, services, and projects provides a stimulating work environment for 

our employees that enhances their professional development. The use of multi-disciplinary teams provides our staff the 
opportunity to develop and refine common skills required in many types of engagements. Our approach to managing people 
fosters collaboration and significant cross-utilization of the skills and experience of both industry experts and other 
personnel who can develop creative solutions by drawing on their different experiences. The types of services we provide, 
and the manner in which we do so, enable us to attract and retain talented professionals from a variety of backgrounds 
while maintaining a culture that fosters teamwork and excellence. 

We have strong, long-standing relationships with clients across a diverse set of markets 

The long-term relationships we maintain with many of our clients reflect our successful track record of fulfilling 
our clients’ needs. We have advised both the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and HHS for more than 30 
years, the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) for more than 25 years, DoD for more than 20 years, certain commercial 
clients in our energy markets for more than 20 years, the European Commission for more than 15 years, and we have multi-
year relationships with many of our other clients in both our government and commercial client base. We have numerous 
contacts at various levels within our clients’ organizations, ranging from key decision-makers to functional managers. The 
long-standing nature and breadth of our client relationships adds greatly to our institutional knowledge, which, in turn, 
helps us carry out our client engagements more effectively and maintain and expand such relationships. Our extensive 
experience working alongside our clients and client contacts, together with our prime-contractor position on a substantial 
majority of our contracts, gives us clearer visibility into future opportunities and emerging requirements. We believe our 
balance between government civilian and defense agencies, our commercial presence, and the diversity of markets in which 
our clients operate help mitigate the impact of policy or political shifts, as well as annual shifts in our clients’ budgets and 
priorities. 

Our advisory services position us to capture a full range of engagements 

We believe our advisory approach, which is based on our subject matter expertise combined with an understanding 
of our clients’ requirements and objectives, is a significant competitive differentiator that helps us gain access to key client 
decision-makers during the initial phases of a policy, program, project, or initiative. We use our expertise and 
understanding to formulate customized recommendations for our clients. We believe this domain expertise and the program 
knowledge, developed from our advisory engagements, further position us to provide a full suite of services across the 
entire life cycle of a particular policy, program, project, or initiative. As a result, we are able to understand our clients’ 
requirements and objectives as they evolve over time. We then use this knowledge to provide continuous improvement 
across our entire range of services, which maintains the relevance of our recommendations.  

Our technology-enabled solutions are driven by our subject matter expertise and creativity 

Government and commercial decision-makers have become increasingly aware that, to be effective, technology-

based solutions need to be seamlessly integrated with people and processes. We possess strong knowledge in information 
technology and a thorough understanding of organizational behavior and human decision processes. In addition, as a result 
of our acquisition of ITG in January 2020, we have strong partnerships and experience in cloud-based technology platforms 
that are central to our federal government clients’ technology modernization agendas. This combination of skills, along 
with our domain knowledge, allows us to deliver technology-enabled solutions tailored to our clients’ business and 
organizational needs with less start-up time required to understand client issues. In addition, many of our clients seek to 
deploy cutting-edge solutions to communicate and transact with citizens, stakeholders, and customers in a multichannel 
environment, and doing so takes both our constantly refreshed technical know-how and world-class creativity. 

Our proprietary tools, analytics and methods allow us to deliver superior solutions to our clients 

We believe our innovative, and often proprietary, analytics and methods are key competitive differentiators because 

they enhance our ability to deliver customized solutions to our clients and enable us to deliver services in a more cost-
effective manner than our competitors. For example, we have developed industry-standard energy and environmental 
models that are used by governments and commercial entities around the world for energy planning and air quality analyses 
and have also developed a suite of proprietary climate change tools to help the private sector develop strategies for 
complying with GHG emission reduction requirements. Our loyalty marketing services are often provided via our 
proprietary Tally software, software as a service. We maintain proprietary databases that we continually refine and that are 
available to be incorporated quickly into our analyses on client engagements. In addition, we also have proprietary program 
management methodologies and services that we believe can help clients improve performance measurement, support chief 
information officer and science and engineering program activities, and reduce security risks. 

8 

 
 
We are led by an experienced management team 

Our management team, consisting of 274 officers with the title of vice president or higher, possesses extensive 

industry experience and had an average tenure of 14.2 years with us as of December 31, 2020 (including prior service with 
companies we have acquired). This low turnover allows us to retain institutional knowledge. Our managers are experienced 
both in marketing efforts and in successfully managing and executing our key services. Our management team also has 
experience in acquiring other businesses and integrating those operations with our own. A number of our managers are 
industry-recognized thought leaders. We believe that our management’s successful past performance and deep 
understanding of our clients’ needs have been and will continue to be differentiating factors in competitive situations. 

We have a broad global presence 

We serve our clients with a global network of 56 regional offices throughout the U.S., and 22 offices in key markets 
outside the U.S., including offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India, and Canada. Our global presence also gives us access 
to many of the leading experts on a variety of issues from around the world, allowing us to expand our knowledge base and 
areas of functional expertise. Over the past year, we worked in dozens of countries, helping government and commercial 
clients with energy, environment, infrastructure, healthcare, marketing, interactive technology/e-commerce, and air 
transport matters. Although international operations present challenges in the form of inconsistent legal systems, differing 
levels of intellectual property protection, and trade regulation issues, we believe our international operations will continue 
to play a significant role in our clients’ operations and in our platform.  

STRATEGY 

Our strategy to increase our revenue and shareholder value involves the following key elements: 

Expand our commercial businesses 

We plan to continue to pursue profitable commercial projects and we believe we have strong, global client 

relationships in both the commercial energy and air transport markets. We continue to see growth opportunities in our 
current commercial business in the utility sector, as well as significant potential for us to expand our business in other 
commercial areas, such as aviation and digital marketing services and strategic communications services, both domestically 
and internationally.  

We view the energy industry as a particularly attractive sector for us over the next decade due to concerns over 

controlling energy costs and limiting climate and environmental impacts, increased state and federal regulation, the need for 
cleaner and more diverse sources of energy, and the concomitant need for infrastructure to transport/transmit, store, and/or 
convert those new energy sources. We also believe that the combination of our vertical domain expertise with our digital 
marketing expertise makes us a provider of choice for high value-added assignments in that arena. Although we believe the 
utility industry will continue to be a strong market for advisory services, particularly in light of the changing focus on 
regulatory actions and alternative energy sources, we intend to leverage our existing relationships and institutional expertise 
to pursue and capture additional, typically higher-margin opportunities. For example, we believe we can continue to expand 
our program and technology-based services in areas such as assisting with the implementation of energy efficiency 
programs, electrification and decarbonization initiatives, information technology applications, and environmental 
management services for larger utilities. In addition, the growth of interest in sustainability and energy efficiency issues has 
created opportunities to offer these types of services to new clients beyond our traditional sectors. We believe these factors, 
coupled with our expansive national and global footprint, will result in a greater number of engagements that will also be 
larger in size and scope. 

We expect that interest in energy advisory services will continue to expand as clients in a number of industries, 

including information service providers and companies engaged in travel and tourism, seek to better understand their 
energy consumption options and the positive benefits of demonstrating environmental stewardship. Our broad range of 
services to the aviation industry makes us well positioned to capitalize on significant industry changes, including recovery 
from COVID-19-induced demand shocks; substantial airline equipment upgrades to newer, more efficient aircraft models in 
a cost-constrained environment; and changes to airport business models and strategy as they place increasing importance on 
passenger experience.   

9 

 
 
Our engagement services, including marketing, interactive technology, and strategic communications offerings, are 

well-positioned to support the continuing growth of multichannel engagement and e-commerce. We have broadened our 
client offerings, particularly in the areas of content management, marketing and digital services. We can now offer 
complete end-to-end solutions for chief marketing officers, chief communications officers, and chief technology officers as 
they invest in digital marketing platforms and solutions. We deliver cutting-edge digital strategy support, as well as the 
creative services that help brands, products and services, succeed in a crowded marketplace. As a means of more 
comprehensively communicating and delivering our engagement services to customers in both the private and public 
sectors, we created ICF Next, an umbrella under which all of our engagement capabilities can be integrated, communicated, 
and delivered to clients. 

Replicate our business model across government and industry in selected geographies 

We believe the services we provide to our energy, environment, and infrastructure market have strong growth 

potential in selected geographies. Our domain expertise is well suited in Europe to meet the need for cutting-edge climate 
change, energy and environmental solutions, particularly with our offerings to the U.K. government and European 
Commission. We have also focused our geographic footprint, when prudent, by selectively closing or reducing the size of 
offices which appear to be unlikely to generate profitable growth in the near to medium term, generally in nations or 
regions undergoing either economic or political challenges. 

Strengthen our technology-based offerings 

We continue to strengthen our services in the fields of content and customer relationship management, loyalty 

marketing, and end-to-end e-commerce. In early 2020 we acquired ITG, which materially increased our skills and market 
presence in IT modernization, including the use of popular cloud-based platforms to modernize legacy IT systems. We are 
positioned to increase these services by expanding the technological underpinnings of our business, while bringing these 
cloud, marketing and e-commerce solutions, as well as expanded data management and analytics offerings, to our clients to 
better link them with consumers and other stakeholders. 

Leverage advisory work into full life cycle solutions 

We plan to continue to leverage our advisory services and strong client relationships to increase our revenue by 

winning longer term engagements. These engagements could include: information services and technology-based solutions; 
project and program management; business process solutions; marketing and communications delivery; strategic 
communications; and technical assistance and training. Our advisory services provide us with insight and understanding of 
our clients’ missions and goals. We believe the domain expertise and program knowledge we develop from these advisory 
assignments position us to capture a greater portion of the resulting larger engagements. However, we will need to 
undertake such expansion carefully to avoid actual, potential, and perceived conflicts of interest.  

Defend, expand, and deepen our presence in core U.S. federal and state and local government markets 

Changing and somewhat unpredictable political priorities at the U.S. federal, state, and local government levels 

have created challenging market conditions for all competitors in the government services sector, however, we believe that 
the new administration provides renewed opportunities for growth in many of the government mission areas where we have 
expertise and long-standing relationships. We will focus not only on defending our current market footprint, but also on 
innovating to continue expanding across key growth markets, such as U.S. federal government energy- and climate-related 
programs, reengineering of U.S. public health efforts, and cybersecurity initiatives, digital services, and disaster recovery 
work for state and local governments. We will continue to provide innovative solutions that help our public sector clients 
do more with less. We will specifically target deeper penetration of those agencies that currently procure services only from 
one or two of our service areas, and our recent acquisition of ITG, which provides us with strong skills and market presence 
in technology modernization, will provide additional capabilities in this effort. We believe we can leverage many of our 
long-term client relationships by introducing these existing clients, where appropriate, to our other services in order to 
better meet their needs. For example, we introduce many of our advisory clients to our capabilities to provide associated 
information technology, cybersecurity, large-scale program management, and strategic communications and digital 
services. We can also offer clients our extensive performance measurement, program evaluation, and performance 
management services. Finally, having 56 offices across the U.S allows us to focus more of our business development 
efforts on addressing the needs of U.S. federal and state and local government agencies with operations outside of the 
Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. 

10 

 
 
Pursue larger prime contract opportunities 

We believe that continuing to expand our client engagements into services we offer as part of our end-to-end client 

solutions enables us to pursue larger prime contract opportunities, which should provide a greater return on our business 
development efforts and allow for increased employee utilization. We plan to continue to target larger and longer-term 
opportunities through greater emphasis on early identification of opportunities, strategic capture and positioning, and 
enhanced brand recognition. We believe that the resulting increase in the scale, scope, and duration of our contracts will 
help us continue to grow our business. 

Pursue strategic acquisitions 

We plan to augment our organic growth with selective, strategic acquisitions when the target company will enable 

us to obtain new clients, increase our presence in attractive markets, and/or obtain capabilities that complement our existing 
portfolio of services, provided that the target company has a cultural compatibility and we expect that the acquisition will 
have a positive financial impact. The acquisition of ITG is an example of this approach, both in the capabilities it brings 
and in the alignment of its client footprint to ours. 

These elements of our strategy permeate all of the Company and influence day-to-day decisions. We believe that, 

collectively, they support the overall long-term growth of the organization. 

CLIENT AND CONTRACT MIX 

Government clients (including U.S. federal, state and local, as well as international, governments) accounted for 

approximately 65%, 65%, and 64% of our 2020, 2019, and 2018 revenue, respectively.  Commercial clients (including U.S. 
and international clients) accounted for approximately 35%, 35%, and 36% of our 2020, 2019, and 2018 revenue, 
respectively. Our clients span a broad range of civilian and defense agencies and commercial enterprises. Commercial 
clients include non-profit organizations and universities, while government clients include the World Bank and the United 
Nations. In general, a client is considered to be a government client if its primary funding is from a government agency or 
institution. If we are a subcontractor, we classify the revenue based on the nature of the ultimate client receiving the 
services.  

In fiscal years 2018 and 2020, our largest three government clients by revenue were HHS, DOS, and DoD. In fiscal 

year 2019, as result of the addition of a large disaster recovery assignment in Puerto Rico our four largest government 
clients were HHS, DoD, DHS, and Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.  

The following table summarizes the percentage of our total revenue for each of the top four largest government 

clients: 

Year ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Department of Health and Human Services ...      
Department of Defense ..................................      
Department of State ........................................      
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ......................      
Total ............................................................      

17 %     
6 %     
5 %     
4 %     
32 %     

16 %     
6 %     
4 %     
8 %     
34 %     

17 % 
5 % 
6 % 

—   
28 % 

There was no commercial client with revenue equal to or greater than seven percent of our total revenue for the 

fiscal years 2020, 2019, or 2018. 

Most of our revenue is derived from prime contracts in which we work directly for the end customer, which 

accounted for approximately 92%, 92%, and 92% of our revenue for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.  

Our contract periods typically extend from one month to five years, including option periods. Many of our 

government contracts provide for option periods that may be exercised by the client. In 2020, 2019, and 2018, no single 
contract accounted for more than 5%, 9%, and 4% of our revenue for those years, respectively. Our 10 largest contracts by 
revenue collectively accounted for approximately 19%, 20%, and 18% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, 
respectively. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
 
 
International revenues decreased by $41.0 million to $153.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 

compared to $194.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decline was primarily the result of COVID-19-
driven impacts on programs for clients in Europe and the U.K. 

CONTRACT BACKLOG 

We define total backlog as the future revenue we expect to receive from our contracts and other engagements. We 
generally include in our total backlog the estimated revenue represented by contract options that have been priced, but not 
exercised. We do not include any estimate of revenue relating to potential future delivery orders that might be awarded 
under our U.S. General Services Administration Multiple Award Schedule (“GSA Schedule”) contracts, other Indefinite 
Delivery/Indefinite Quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, Master Service Agreements (“MSAs”), or other contract vehicles that are 
also held by a large number of firms and under which potential future delivery orders or task orders might be issued by any 
of a large number of different agencies, and are likely to be subject to a competitive bidding process. We do, however, 
include potential future work expected to be awarded under IDIQ contracts that are available to be utilized by a limited 
number of potential clients and are held either by us alone or by a limited number of firms. 

We include expected revenue in funded backlog when we have been authorized by the client to proceed under a 
contract up to the dollar amount specified by our client, and this amount will be owed to us under the contract after we 
provide the services pursuant to the authorization. If we do not provide services authorized by a client prior to the 
expiration of the authorization, we remove amounts corresponding to the expired authorization from funded backlog. We 
do include expected revenue under an engagement in funded backlog when we do not have a signed contract, but only in 
situations when we have received client authorization to begin or continue work and we expect to sign a contract for the 
engagement. In this case, the amount of funded backlog is limited to the amount authorized. Our funded backlog does not 
represent the full revenue potential of our contracts because many government clients, and sometimes other clients, 
authorize work under a particular contract on a yearly or more frequent basis, even though the contract may extend over 
several years. Most of the services we provide to commercial clients are provided under fully funded contracts and task 
orders under MSAs. As a consequence, our backlog attributable to these clients is typically reflected in funded backlog and 
not in unfunded backlog. 

We define unfunded backlog as the difference between total backlog and funded backlog. Our estimate of unfunded 

backlog for a particular contract is based, to a large extent, on the amount of revenue we have recently recognized on the 
particular contract under the assumption that future utilization will be similar, our past experience in utilizing contract 
capacity on similar types of contracts, and our professional judgment. Accordingly, if contract utilization is different from 
our expectations, the revenue eventually earned on a contract may be lower or higher than that implied by our estimate at a 
point in time or during the life of a contract, of total backlog, including unfunded backlog. Although we expect our total 
backlog to result in revenue, the timing of revenue associated with both funded and unfunded backlog will vary based on a 
number of factors, and we may not recognize revenue associated with a particular component of backlog when anticipated, 
or at all. Our government clients generally have the right to cancel any contract, or ongoing or planned work under any 
contract, at any time. In addition, there can be no assurance that revenue from funded or unfunded backlog will have similar 
profitability to previous work or will be profitable at all. Generally speaking, we believe the risk that a particular 
component of backlog will not result in future revenue is higher for unfunded backlog than for funded backlog.  

Our funded and estimates of unfunded and total backlog were as follows at December 31:  

Funded ......................................................    $ 
Unfunded ..................................................      
Total backlog .........................................    $ 

1,522.3     $ 
1,375.3       
2,897.6     $ 

1,268.4     $ 
1,134.3        
2,402.7     $ 

1,140.1   
1,237.6   
2,377.7   

2020 

2019 
(in millions) 

2018 

There were no awards included in our 2020, 2019 or 2018 backlog amounts that were under protest.  

12 

  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT 

Our business development efforts are critical to our organic growth. Our business development processes and 

systems are designed to enable agility and speed-to-market over the business development life cycle, especially given the 
distinctions between commercial and government clients. Business development efforts in priority market areas, which 
include some of our largest federal agency accounts (HHS, DOS, DOE, U.S. Department of Transportation and EPA), are 
executed through account teams. Each team participates in regular executive reviews of marketing plans and proposal 
development process. Our non-federal government clients are served by account leaders from operating units and 
coordinated by senior executives with industry experience where such coordination is deemed appropriate to enhance our 
business development success. This account-based approach allows deep insight into the needs of current and future clients. 
It also helps us anticipate our clients’ evolving requirements over the coming 12 to 18 months and position ourselves to 
meet those requirements. Each administrative group is responsible for maximizing sales in our existing accounts and 
finding opportunities in closely related accounts.  

The corporate business development function also includes a market research and competitive intelligence group, a 

proposal group, and a strategic capture unit. The marketing function engages in brand marketing and strategic marketing 
program development and execution to raise awareness of our services and solutions across our markets, and to generate 
leads for further pursuit by sales personnel. The marketing function also executes corporate communications campaigns to 
support specific lines of business. Our contracts and administration function supports bid price development in partnership 
with the business development account teams. 

COMPETITION 

We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented marketplace and compete against a number of firms in each of 

our clients’ key markets. Some of our principal competitors include: Abt Associates Inc.; AECOM Technology 
Corporation; Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation; CACI International Inc.; Cambridge Systematics, Inc.; CRA 
International, Inc.; Deloitte LLP; Eastern Research Group, Inc.; Cardno ENTRIX, Inc.; Guidehouse; L-3 Harris 
Technologies, Inc.; Leidos Holdings, Inc.; Lockheed Martin Corporation; ManTech International Corporation;  Northrop 
Grumman Corporation; Omnicom Group Inc.; PA Consulting Group; Publicis Group; Science Applications International 
Corp; Research Triangle Institute; Tetra Tech Inc.; Westat, Inc., and WPP Plc. In addition, we have numerous smaller 
competitors, many of which have narrower service offerings and serve niche markets. Some of our competitors are 
significantly larger than we are and have greater access to resources and stronger brand recognition than we do. 

We consider our principal competitive discriminators to be long-standing client relationships, good reputation and 

past performance of the firm, client references, technical knowledge and industry expertise of employees, quality of 
services and solutions, scope and scale of our service offerings, and pricing. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

We own a number of trademarks and copyrights that help maintain our business and competitive position. Sales and 

licenses of our intellectual property do not currently comprise a substantial portion of our revenue or profit. We rely on the 
technology and models, proprietary processes, and other intellectual property we own or have rights to use in our analyses 
and other work we perform for our clients. We use these innovative, and often proprietary, software, analytical models and 
tools throughout our service offerings. Our staff regularly maintains, updates, and improves these software, models, and 
tools based on our corporate experience. In addition, we sometimes retain limited rights in software applications we 
develop for clients. We use a variety of means to protect our intellectual property. 

HUMAN CAPITAL 

As a professional and technology services and solutions company, our success depends substantially on attracting, 
developing and retaining a workforce that is both excellent and reflective of the communities we serve. To support these 
objectives, our human resources programs are designed to attract, develop and retain talent that represents a high-
performing, diverse workforce; develop those persons to prepare them for critical roles; reward and support employees 
through pay, benefit and perquisite programs that we believe are competitive; and evolve and invest in technology, tools, 
and resources to enable employees at work.  

13 

 
 
We employ approximately 7,500 employees, 84% of whom are full-time. These employees hold among them more 

than 2,300 advanced post-bachelor’s degrees in a wide range of fields that confer the expertise needed to deliver services 
and solutions to our clients. We experience employee voluntary turnover that is consistently below industry benchmarks; 
for 2020 that turnover was 11.7%, compared to a benchmark of 19.2% representing the mix of ICF’s businesses. 

Our learning and development program continues to have a positive business impact and support career growth, 
despite COVID-19, due to our innovative virtual program design & delivery. It attained an overall satisfaction rating of 
93.1% for 2020.  We delivered 17 offerings of our core programs to build people management, project management, client 
relationship and innovation skills for over 1,000 employees. An additional 2,400 employees participated in online learning 
in a self-paced program. The mentorship program grew in 2020, supporting over 400 mentor/mentee 
relationships.  Wherever possible we promote from within, and in 2020 we promoted 11.2% of our employees. 

Making our company a welcoming and professionally rewarding workplace for all is a fundamental goal of our 

approach to diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DE&I”). Our approach to DE&I becomes more formalized every year, and in 
2020 we hired our first full-time leader for DE&I across the company. In 2020, we continued our history of gender equity 
with 56% of our employees identifying as female. Within our U.S. employees 21% classify themselves as non-white and 
7% as Black. Of ICF’s managers, 50% are female, and of the Executive Leadership Team, 39% are female or minority. 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

The following discussion of “risk factors” sets forth some of the most material factors that may adversely affect our 

business, operations, financial position or future financial performance, reputation and/or value of our stock. This 
information should be read in conjunction with the description of our business, Management’s Discussion and Analysis and 
the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because of the 
following factors, as well as other factors, whether known or unknown, affecting our business, operations, financial 
position or future financial performance, reputation and/or value of our stock, past financial performance should not be 
considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate 
results or trends in future periods. 

GOVERNMENT BUDGETING AND SPENDING PRIORITIES RISKS 

The failure of Congress to approve appropriations bills in a timely manner for the federal government agencies and 
departments we support, or the failure of the Administration and Congress to reach an agreement on fiscal issues, 
could delay and reduce spending, cause us to lose revenue and profit, and affect our cash flow. 

On an annual basis, Congress is required to approve appropriations bills that govern spending by each of the federal 

government agencies and departments we support. When Congress is, or Congress and the current presidential 
administration (the “Administration”) are, unable to agree on budget priorities or specifics, and thus unable to pass annual 
appropriations bills on a timely basis, Congress typically enacts a continuing resolution. Continuing resolutions generally 
allow federal government agencies and departments to operate at spending levels based on the previous fiscal year. When 
agencies and departments operate on the basis of a continuing resolution, funding we expect to receive from clients for 
work we are already performing and for new initiatives may be delayed or cancelled. Congress and the Administration have 
from time to time failed to agree on a continuing resolution, resulting in temporary shutdowns of non-essential federal 
government functions and our work on such functions. Thus, the failure by Congress and the Administration to enact 
appropriations bills in a timely manner can result in the loss of revenue and profit when federal government agencies and 
departments are required to cancel or change existing or new initiatives or the deferral of revenue and profit to later periods 
due to shutdowns or delays in implementing existing or new initiatives. There is also the possibility that Congress will fail 
to raise the U.S. debt ceiling when necessary. This can also result in federal government shutdowns.  The delayed funding 
or shutdown of many parts of the federal government, including agencies, departments, programs, and projects we support, 
could have a substantial negative affect on our revenue, profit, and cash flows.  

Budget compromises that may be needed for future fiscal years may continue to be extraordinarily difficult given 
the complicated grassroots political environment, a closely divided Congress, a new Administration, an increasing federal 
deficit and debt load, the continuing COVID-19 pandemic, and a challenged economy.  

14 

 
 
The budgets of many of our state and local government clients are also subject to similar divisions and similar risks 

and uncertainties as are inherent in the federal budget process.  

Government spending priorities may change in a manner adverse to our business. 

We derived approximately 44%, 38%, and 41% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, from 
contracts with federal government clients, and approximately 21%, 27%, and 23% of our revenue from contracts with state 
and local governments and international governments in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Expenditures by our federal 
government clients may be restricted or reduced by Administration or Congressional actions, by action of the Office of 
Management and Budget, by action of individual agencies or departments, or by other actions. In addition, many state and 
local governments are not permitted to operate with budget deficits, and nearly all state and local governments are now 
facing considerable challenges in balancing their budgets. Accordingly, we expect that, due to changing government 
budgeting and spending priorities, including necessary balancing of defense spending with civilian agency spending, and 
related disputes among Congress and the Administration, some of our government clients in the future may delay payments 
due to us, may eventually fail to pay what they owe us, and/or may delay certain programs and projects. For some 
government clients, we may face a difficult choice: turn down (or stop) work due to budget uncertainty with the risk of 
damaging a valuable client relationship or perform work with the risk of not being paid in a timely fashion or perhaps at all. 
Federal, state and local government, and /or international government elections could also affect spending priorities and 
budgets at all levels of government. In addition, increased government deficits and debt, both domestic and international, 
may lead to reduced spending by agencies and departments on projects or programs we support. 

RISKS RELATED TO THE CHANGING BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH WE OPERATE 

We face various risks related to health epidemics, pandemics and similar outbreaks, which may have material 
adverse effects on our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows. 

We face various risks and uncertainties related to health epidemics, pandemics and similar outbreaks, including the 

global pandemic resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19. These risks relate to, among other things, the demand for our 
services, the availability of our staffing and business partners, a possible slowdown of client decision-making as to our 
services, a significant deterioration of global supply chain and other business conditions, and a possible reprioritization of 
spending by our clients.  

We serve both government and commercial clients around the globe, with our services concentrated in the U.S. and 

Europe, both of which have experienced severe levels of COVID-19 illness. The effects of the pandemic on client needs, 
priorities, spending patterns and decision-making can have a material effect on our activity levels and revenues.  

The pandemic may also affect significant portions of our workforce, and that of our subcontractors and other 

suppliers and business partners, who may be unable to work effectively due to illness, lockdowns and quarantines, facility 
closures, travel restrictions or other government actions and reasons in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. As a 
result, our operations and operating results could be adversely affected by factors such as an inability to perform fully or 
efficiently on our contracts, and some of our costs may not be fully recoverable or be adequately covered by insurance. 

It is possible that the spread of COVID-19 may also cause delays in the willingness or ability of clients to perform, 

including making timely payments to us, and other unpredictable events. 

In addition, volatility in the global capital markets that may result from the pandemic and related business 

conditions could restrict our access to capital and/or increase our cost of capital. 

We continue to work with our stakeholders (including customers, employees, subcontractors and other suppliers 
and business partners) to assess, address and mitigate the impact this global pandemic. While efforts have been made to 
curtail the pandemic, at this time given potential new strains and challenges with vaccination rollouts, we cannot predict the 
continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, but it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
position, results of operations and/or cash flows. 

15 

 
 
As we develop new services, clients and practices, enter new lines of business, and focus more of our business on 
providing a full range of client solutions, our operating risks increase.    

As part of our corporate strategy, we are attempting to leverage our advisory services to sell our full suite of 
services across the life cycle of a policy, program, project, or initiative and we are regularly searching for ways to provide 
new services to clients. In addition, we plan to extend our services to new clients, lines of business, and selected geographic 
locations, including outside the U.S. and cross-border opportunities. As we focus more on our delivery of a full range of 
consulting services from advisory through implementation and attempt to develop new services, clients, practice areas and 
lines of business, these efforts could be unsuccessful and adversely affect our results of operations.  

Such growth efforts place substantial additional demands on our management and staff, as well as on our 

information, financial, cash flow and administrative and operational systems. We may not be able to manage these demands 
successfully. Growth may require increased recruiting efforts, business development, and selling, marketing and other 
actions that are expensive and increase risk. We may need to invest more in our people and systems, controls, compliance 
efforts, policies and procedures than we anticipate. Further, we may need to enhance or modify our systems or processes, or 
transition to more efficient or effective ones, and these changes and how we handle them may impact the business. 
Therefore, even if we do grow, the demands on our people and systems, controls, compliance efforts, policies and 
procedures may adversely affect the quality of our work, our operating margins, and our operating results, at least in the 
short-term, and perhaps in the long-term.   

Efforts involving a different focus, new services, new clients, new practice areas, new lines of business and 
increasing internationalization include risks associated with our inexperience and competition from mature participants in 
those areas. Our expansion of services may result in decisions that could harm our profit and operating results. In particular, 
implementation and improvement services often relate to the development, implementation and improvement of critical 
infrastructure or operating systems that our clients may view as “mission critical.” If we fail to satisfy the needs of our 
clients in providing these services, we could incur reputational damage and clients could claim significant costs and losses 
for which they could seek compensation from us.  

RISKS RELATED TO THE GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS BUSINESS  

Maintaining our client relationships and professional reputation are critical to our ability to successfully win new 
contracts and renew expired contracts.  

Our client relationships and professional reputation are key factors in maintaining and growing our business, 
revenue and profit levels under contracts with our clients. We continually bid for and execute new contracts, and our 
existing contracts regularly become subject to re-competition and expiration. If we are not able to replace the revenue from 
these contracts, either through follow-on contracts or new contracts for those requirements or for other requirements, our 
revenue and operating results may be adversely affected. On the expiration of a contract, we typically seek a new contract 
or subcontractor role relating to that client to replace the revenue generated by the expired contract. There can be no 
assurance that those expiring contracts we are servicing will continue after their expiration, that the client will re-procure 
those requirements, that any such re-procurement will not be restricted in a way that would eliminate us from the 
competition (e.g., set asides for small businesses), or that we will be successful in any such re-procurements or in obtaining 
subcontractor roles. Any factor that diminishes client relationships and/or professional reputation with federal, state and 
local, and international government clients, as well as commercial clients, could make it substantially more difficult for us 
to compete successfully for new engagements and qualified employees. To the extent our client relationships and/or 
professional reputation deteriorate, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. 

The diversity of the services we provide, and the clients we serve, may create actual, potential, and perceived 
conflicts of interest and business conflicts that limit our growth and could lead to potential liabilities for us.  

Because we provide services to a wide array of both government and commercial clients, occasions arise where, 
due to actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest or business conflicts, we cannot perform work for which we are 
qualified. A number of our contracts contain limitations on the work we can perform for others, for example, when we are 
assisting a government agency or department in developing regulations or enforcement strategies. Actual, potential, and 
perceived conflicts limit the work we can do and, consequently, can limit our growth and adversely affect our operating 
results. In addition, if we fail to address actual or potential conflicts properly, or even if we simply fail to recognize a 
perceived conflict, we may be in violation of our existing contracts, may otherwise incur liability, may lose future business 
for not preventing the conflict from arising, and our reputation may suffer. Particularly as we continue to grow our 
commercial business, we anticipate that conflicts of interest and business conflicts will pose a greater risk. 

16 

 
 
We derive significant revenue and profit from contracts awarded through a competitive bidding process, which can 
impose substantial costs on us, and we will lose revenue and profit if we fail to compete effectively.   

We derive significant revenue and profit from contracts that are awarded through a competitive bidding process. 

Competitive bidding imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks, including the: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals; 

Need to estimate accurately the resources and costs that will be required to service any contracts we are 
awarded, sometimes in advance of the final determination of their full scope; 

Expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest or challenge awards made to us pursuant to 
competitive bidding, as discussed elsewhere; and  

Opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we may have otherwise pursued. 

To the extent we engage in competitive bidding and are unable to win particular contracts, we not only incur 

substantial costs in the bidding process that negatively affect our operating results, but we may lose the opportunity to 
operate in the market for the services provided under those contracts for a number of years. Even if we win a particular 
contract through competitive bidding, our profit margins may be depressed, or we may even suffer losses as a result of the 
costs incurred through the bidding process and the need to lower our prices to overcome competition. 

Our reliance on GSA Schedule and other IDIQ contracts creates the risk of volatility in our revenue and profit 
levels.   

We believe that one of the elements of our success is our position as a prime contractor under GSA Schedule 

contracts and other IDIQ contracts, and we believe this position is important to our ability to sell our services to federal 
government clients. However, these contract vehicles require us to compete for each delivery order and task order, rather 
than having a more predictable stream of activity during the term of a multi-year contract. In addition, we may spend 
considerable cost and managerial time and effort to prepare bids and proposals for contracts, delivery orders or task orders 
that we may not win. There can be no assurance that we will continue to obtain revenue from such contracts at current 
levels, or in any amount, in the future. To the extent that federal government agencies and departments choose to employ 
GSA Schedule contracts and other IDIQ contracts encompassing activities for which we are not able to compete or provide 
services, we could lose business, which would negatively affect our revenue and profitability. 

We may not receive revenue corresponding to the full amount of our backlog, or may receive it later than we expect, 
which could adversely affect our revenue and operating results.  

The calculation of backlog is highly subjective and conditioned on numerous uncertainties and estimates, and there 

can be no assurance that we will in fact receive the amounts we have included in our backlog. Our assessment of a 
contract’s potential value is based on factors such as the amount of revenue we have recently recognized on that contract 
under the assumption that future utilization will be similar, our experience in utilizing contract capacity on similar types of 
contracts, and our professional judgment. In the case of contracts that may be renewed at the option of the client, we 
generally calculate backlog by assuming that the client will exercise all of its renewal options; however, the client may elect 
not to do so. In addition, federal government contracts rely on Congressional appropriation of funding, which is typically 
provided only partially at any point during the term of federal government contracts, and all or some of the work to be 
performed under a contract may require future appropriations by Congress and the subsequent allocation of funding by the 
procuring agency or department to the contract. Protests of contracts continue to be common in our industry.  We do not 
include contract awards that are subject to a pending protest in our calculation of backlog.  If a contract previously included 
in backlog becomes the subject of a protest, we would adjust backlog to remove that amount and reassess following 
resolution of the protest. Our estimate of the portion of backlog that we expect to recognize as revenue in any future period 
may differ from actual results because the receipt and timing of this revenue often depends on subsequent appropriation and 
allocation of funding and is subject to various contingencies, such as timing of task orders and delivery orders, many of 
which are beyond our control. In addition, we may never receive revenue from some of the engagements that are included 
in our backlog, and this risk is greater with respect to unfunded backlog. Although we adjust our backlog to reflect 
modifications to or renewals of existing contracts, awards of new contracts, or approvals of expenditures, if we 
subsequently fail to realize revenue corresponding to our backlog, our revenue and operating results could be adversely 
affected.  

17 

  
  
  
  
 
 
Our contracts may contain provisions that are unfavorable to us and permit our clients to, among other things, 
terminate our contracts partially or completely at any time prior to completion.  

Our contracts may contain provisions that allow our clients to terminate or modify these contracts at their 
convenience on short notice. If a client terminates one of our contracts for convenience, we should only bill the client for 
work completed prior to the termination, plus any commitments and settlement expenses the client agrees to pay, but not 
for any work not yet performed. In addition, many of our government contracts and task and delivery orders are 
incrementally funded as appropriated funds become available. The reduction or elimination of such funding can result in 
contract options not being exercised and further work on existing contracts and orders being curtailed. In any such event, 
we would have no right to seek lost fees or other damages. In addition, certain contracts with international government 
clients may have more severe and/or different contract clauses than what we are accustomed to with federal and state and 
local government clients, such as penalties for any delay in performance. If a client were to terminate, decline to exercise 
options under, or curtail further performance under one or more of our major contracts, our revenue and operating results 
could be adversely affected. 

PROFITABILITY RISKS 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, 
which could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. In particular, the unpredictability of our 
earnings could increase on our fixed-price contracts if we cannot accurately estimate and control our contract costs.  

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs and maintain positive operating margins 
and profitability. As described elsewhere in this Form 10-K, we generally enter into three principal types of contracts with 
our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-based.  

We derived 35%, 38%, and 39% of our revenue from fixed-price contracts 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 
Under fixed-price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are 
exposed to a number of risks. We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost 
overruns while also meeting contract requirements. Fixed-price contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are 
based on a number of assumptions, including those about future economic conditions, costs, and availability of labor, 
equipment and materials, and other exigencies. We could experience cost overruns if these estimates are inaccurate as a 
result of errors or ambiguities in the contract specifications or become inaccurate as a result of a change in circumstances 
following the submission of the estimate due to, among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in 
obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, or the inability of our vendors or 
subcontractors to perform. If cost overruns occur, we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that 
project. If a project is significant, or if there are one or more common issues that impact multiple projects, costs overruns 
could increase the unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have an adverse impact on our business and earnings.  

Certain lines of business of our commercial work depend on certain sectors of the global economy that are highly 
cyclical, which can lead to substantial variations in our revenue and profit from period to period.  

In recent years, we have expanded our work with commercial clients. Our commercial clients, which include clients 

outside the U.S., generated approximately 35%, 35%, and 36% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. This 
reliance on commercial clients presents certain risks and challenges. For example, our commercial work is heavily 
concentrated in industries which can be cyclical, such as: energy, air transportation, environmental, retail and financial 
services. Demand for our services from our commercial clients has historically declined when their industries have 
experienced downturns, and we expect a decline in demand for our services when these industries or their customer bases 
experience downturns in the future. 

Our efforts to become involved in engagements that are greater in terms of size, scope and performance demands 
may result in increased performance and credit risk. 

As we expand our national and global footprint, we may become involved in a greater number of engagements that 

will be larger in size and scope and more international. The increase in size and scope of the engagements in which we 
become involved in subjects us to the potential for a larger impact of performance risk associated with larger and more 
challenging engagements and the credit risk associated with certain larger customers, particularly among our commercial 
non-U.S. government and non-federal U.S. government clients. Our customers may face unexpected circumstances that 
adversely impact their ability to pay their trade payables to us and we may face unexpected borrowing needs or losses as a 
result. Such circumstances could lead to our commercial customers filing for bankruptcy. This can ultimately lead to 
variations in our profit from period to period. We monitor the aging of receivables regularly and make assessments of the 
ability of customers to pay amounts due.   

18 

Our business could be adversely affected by delays caused by our competitors protesting contract awards received 
by us, which could stop our work. Likewise, we may protest the contracts awarded to some of our competitors, a 
process that takes the time and energy of our management and we may incur additional legal and consultant costs.  

Due in part to the competitive bidding process under which government contracts are awarded, we are at risk of 

incurring expenses and delays if one or more of our competitors protest contracts awarded to us. Contract protests remain 
common in our industry and may result in a requirement to resubmit offers for the protested contract or in the termination, 
reduction, or modification of the awarded contract. It can take many months to resolve contract protests and, in the interim, 
the contracting government agency or department may suspend our performance under the contract pending the outcome of 
the protest. Even if we prevail in defending the contract award, the resulting delay in the startup and funding of the work 
under these contracts may adversely affect our operating results. 

Moreover, in order to protect our competitive position, we may protest the contract awards of our competitors. This 

process takes the time and energy of our executives and employees, is likely to divert management’s attention from other 
important matters and could cause us to incur additional legal and consultant costs.  

Changes to U.S. tax laws may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operation and create the risk that 
we may need to adjust our accounting for these changes.   

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted in late 2017, made significant changes to U.S. tax laws and 

included numerous provisions that affect businesses, including ours.  For instance, as a result of lower corporate tax rates, 
the Tax Act tends to reduce both the value of deferred tax assets and the amount of deferred tax liabilities.  It also limits 
interest rate deductions and the amount of net operating losses that can be used each year and alters the expensing of capital 
expenditures.  Other provisions have international tax consequences for businesses like ours that operate internationally.  

The new Administration in the U.S. is widely expected to propose changes to federal taxation, particularly of 

businesses and high net worth individuals. These potential changes and their impact have not yet been proposed and will 
likely generate considerable debate, and the timing of any changes is uncertain. 

COMPLIANCE RISKS 

Our failure to comply with complex laws, rules, and regulations could cause us to lose business and subject us to a 
variety of penalties and sanctions.  

We must comply with laws, rules, and regulations that affect how we do business with our government clients and 

impose added costs on our business. Each government client has its own laws, rules, and regulations that affect its 
contracts. Some of the more significant laws and regulations affecting the formation, administration, and performance of 
U.S. government contracts include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulation, as well as Cost Accounting Standards, and agency and department 
regulations analogous or supplemental to federal regulation; 

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; 

U.S. Truthful Cost or Pricing Data Act (formerly known as the Truth in Negotiations Act); 

U.S. Procurement Integrity Act; 

U.S. Civil False Claims Act and the False Statements Act; and 

U.S. laws, rules and regulations restricting (i) the use and dissemination of information classified for national 
security purposes, (ii) the exportation of specified products, technologies, and technical data, and (iii) the use 
and dissemination of sensitive but unclassified data. 

Any failure to comply with applicable federal, and/or state and local government laws, rules and regulations could 

subject us to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, repayment of 
amounts already received under contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment 
from doing business with federal and/or state and local government agencies and departments, any of which could 
adversely affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and/or the value of our stock.  

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition, the federal government and other governments with which we do business may change their 

procurement practices or adopt new contracting laws, rules, or regulations that could be costly to satisfy or that could 
impair our ability to obtain new contracts and reduce our revenue and profit, such as curtailing the use of services firms or 
increasing the use of firms with a “preferred status,” such as small businesses.  

In addition to our U.S. operations, we also have a significant presence in key markets outside the U.S., including 

offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India, and Canada. Failure to abide by laws, rules and regulations applicable to us 
because of our work outside the U.S., such as the U.K. Bribery Act and European Union’s General Data Protection 
Regulation, could have similar effects to those described above. 

We are subject to various routine and non-routine governmental and other reviews, audits and investigations, and 
unfavorable results could force us to adjust previously reported operating results, could affect future operating 
results, and could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.  

Government departments and agencies we work for, including non-U.S., U.S. federal and many state and local 

government clients review, audit and investigate our contract performance, pricing practices, cost structure, financial 
capability, and compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. We have experienced growth in services related to 
disaster recovery in recent years, and those activities, by their nature, may become politicized and involve interaction with 
multiple tiers of national, state, territorial and local governments, subcontractors, and citizens that increase the risk of 
claims, audits, investigations, reviews, monitoring and litigation.  Any of these reviews, audits and investigations could 
raise issues that have significant adverse effects, including, but not limited to, delayed payments, substantial adjustments to 
our previously reported operating results and substantial effects on future operating results. If a government review, audit, 
or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative 
sanctions, including termination of contracts, repayment of amounts already received under contracts, forfeiture of profits, 
suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with government agencies and 
departments, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and/or the value of our 
stock. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation and our stock price could decline if allegations of 
impropriety are made against us, whether true or not.  

Federal government audits have been completed on our incurred contract costs only through 2011 for our NIH-

cognizant indirect rates and 2014 for our United States Agency for International Development (“USAID”) cognizant 
indirect rates, and audits for costs incurred on work performed since then have not yet been completed. In addition, non-
audit reviews may still be conducted on all our government contracts, even for periods before 2011. 

Litigation, claims, disputes, audits, reviews, and investigations in connection with the completed Road Home 
contract expose us to many different types of liability, may divert management attention, and could increase our 
costs.  

In June 2006, our subsidiary, ICF Emergency Management Services, LLC (“ICF Emergency”), was awarded the 

Road Home contract by the State of Louisiana, Office of Community Development (the “OCD”), to manage a program 
designed primarily to help homeowners and landlords of small rental properties affected by Hurricanes Rita and Katrina by 
providing them compensation for the uninsured, uncompensated damages they suffered from the hurricanes (the 
“Program”). With an aggregate value of $912 million, the Road Home contract was our largest contract throughout its 
three-year duration, which ended on June 11, 2009. 

The Road Home contract provided us with significant opportunities, but also created substantial risks. A number of 

these risks continued beyond the term of the contract. We still have lawsuits pending, and other claims have been made 
against us in connection with this contract. New lawsuits may be filed, and new claims may be made against us in the future 
including, but not limited to, claims by subcontractors and others who are dissatisfied with the amount of money they have 
received from, or their treatment under, the Program. We have defended such lawsuits and claims vigorously and plan to 
continue to do so, but we may not prevail in future cases. Although the contract provides that, with several exceptions, we 
are allowed to charge, as an expense under the contract, reasonable costs and fees incurred in defending and paying claims 
brought by third parties arising out of our performance, there can be no assurance that our legal costs and fees will be 
reimbursed. The State of Louisiana has not reimbursed us for the majority of such costs or fees and has not reimbursed any 
such costs or fees since 2008. The outstanding contract receivables related to defending and paying claims were fully 
reserved as of December 31, 2020. 

20 

 
 
In addition, as discussed in “Note 20 – Commitment and Contingencies – Road Home Contract” in our financial 

statements, on June 10, 2016, the OCD filed a written administrative demand (the “Administrative Demand”) with the 
Louisiana Commissioner of Administration against ICF Emergency in connection with the administration of the Program. 
In its administrative demand, the OCD sought approximately $200.8 million in alleged overpayments to Program grant 
recipients. The OCD separately supplemented the amount of recovery it is seeking in total approximately $220.2 million. 
The State of Louisiana, through the Division of Administration, also filed suit (the “Proceeding”) in Louisiana state court 
on June 10, 2016 broadly alleging and seeking recoupment for the same claim made in the Administrative Demand. On 
September 21, 2016, the Commissioner of the Division of Administration notified the OCD and the Company of his 
decision to defer jurisdiction of the Administrative Demand. In so doing, the Commissioner declined to reach a decision on 
the merits, stated that his deferral would not be deemed to grant or deny any portion of the OCD’s claim, and authorized the 
parties to proceed on the matter in the Proceeding. The Company continues to believe that neither the Administrative 
Demand nor the Proceeding has any merit, intends to vigorously defend its position, and has therefore not recorded a 
liability as of December 31, 2020. 

The Road Home contract may continue to be the subject of audit, investigations, and reviews by federal and state 
government authorities and their representatives. These activities may consume significant management time and effort. 
Further, the contract provides that we are subject to audits for a period after the date of the last payment made under the 
contract. Findings from any audit, investigation, review, monitoring, or similar activity could subject us to civil and 
criminal penalties and administrative sanctions from federal and state government authorities, which could substantially 
adversely affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and the value of our stock. 

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS RISKS  

Our international operations pose additional risks to our profitability and operating results.  

We have offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India, and Canada, among others, and expect to continue to have 
international operations and offices, some of which are in underdeveloped countries that do not have a well-established 
business infrastructure. We also perform work in some countries where we do not have a physical office. Some of the 
countries in which we work have a history of political instability or may expose our employees and subcontractors to 
physical danger over and above pandemic-related risk. Expansion into selective new geographic regions requires 
considerable management and financial resources, the expenditure of which may negatively impact our results, and we may 
never see any return on our investment.  

Our international operations are subject to risks associated with operating in, and selling to and in, countries other 
than the U.S., that could, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our international and domestic operations and our overall 
revenue, profit, and operating results including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Compliance with the laws, rules, regulations, policies, legal standards, and enforcement mechanisms of the 
U.S. and the other countries in which we operate, including bribery and anti-corruption laws, economic 
sanctions, trade restrictions, local tax and income laws, and local labor and employment laws, which are 
sometimes inconsistent; 

Restrictions on the ability to repatriate profits to the U.S. or otherwise move funds; 

Potential personal injury to personnel who may be exposed to military conflicts and other hostile situations in 
foreign countries; 

Expropriation and nationalization of our assets or those of our subcontractors, and other inabilities to protect 
our property rights; and/or 

Difficulties in managing and staffing such operations, including obtaining work permits or visas, identifying 
qualified local employees, operating according to different local labor laws and regulations, dealing with 
different local business cultures and practices, and collecting contract receivables. 

In addition, because of our work with international clients, certain of our revenues and costs are denominated in 

other currencies, then translated to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Our revenues and profits may decrease as a 
result of currency fluctuations and devaluations and limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars 
and in the conversion between foreign currencies. We currently have forward contract agreements (“hedges”) related to our 
operations in the U.K., hedging the remeasurement between the Euro and the pound sterling. We recognize changes in the 
fair-value of the economic hedges in our results of operations. We may increase the number, size and scope of our hedges 
as we analyze options for mitigating our foreign exchange risk. We cannot be sure that our hedges will be successful in 
reducing the risks to us of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and, in fact, the hedges may adversely affect our 
operating results. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
Our business in the U.K. and the European Union could be negatively affected by the terms of, and uncertainties 
related to, the U.K.’s exit from the European Union and other potential developments in the European Union.  

Our U.K. and Belgian operations have traditionally serviced most of our European clients, including the European 
Commission, and there has been, and remains, a risk that these operations could be disrupted by the withdrawal of the U.K. 
from the European Union (“E.U.”), often referred to as “Brexit.” 

The U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. became effective on January 31, 2020 but was subject to a transition period 

that lasted until December 31, 2020, when a new U.K./E.U. trade agreement became effective. Consistent with the political 
declaration that accompanied the withdrawal treaty, the new trade deal preserves significant elements of “free trade” 
between the U.K. and the EU.  However, such an exit from the E.U. is unprecedented. It remains uncertain how the 
commercial, legal, regulatory and tax environment in which we, our customers and our counterparties operate will be 
affected by Brexit. Among the many necessary changes, the U.K. will have its own customs territory and set its own tariffs. 
The new trade deal is relatively undeveloped in terms of trade in services, which could affect our ability to provide services 
into the E.U. from the U.K. 

The challenges that continue to surround the terms of the U.K.’s exit from the E.U. and its consequences could 

adversely impact customer and investor confidence and relationships, result in additional market volatility and adversely 
affect our businesses and results of operations. These effects have and could continue to derive from delays or reductions in 
contract awards, canceled contracts, increased costs, fluctuations in exchange rates, difficulty in recruiting or in gaining 
permission to employ existing staff, difficulty in supply services across the E.U.-U.K. border, or less favorable payment 
terms. 

There also remains the possibility of further political and constitutional changes within the U.K., specifically in 

relation to Scotland or Northern Ireland (which is accorded a special status with enhanced access to the E.U. Single Market 
under the withdrawal Treaty), with different but significant consequences. Further changes to the functioning model of the 
E.U. could result in a reduction in the financial resources of the European Commission that could lead to a decrease in the 
funding and scope of our work for that client. In addition, security and sovereignty and financial system stability issues 
resulting from Brexit or other geopolitical events, or the E.U. actions driven by those events, could change the current 
balance of responsibility established between the European Commission and member states, or affect the results of the E.U. 
budget-setting process, either of which could also reduce the funding and scope of our work for that client. 

PRIVACY, CYBERSECURITY AND TECHNOLOGY RISKS  

Our operations face continuous and evolving cybersecurity risks 

The continued occurrence of high-profile data breaches of other companies provides evidence of an external 
environment hostile to information security. In particular, cybersecurity attacks are evolving, and we face the constant risk 
of cybersecurity threats, whether from deliberate attacks or unintentional events, including computer viruses, attacks by 
computer hackers, malicious code, cyber and phishing attacks, and other electronic security breaches, including 
unauthorized access to our and our clients’ systems, that could lead to disruptions in critical systems, unauthorized release 
of confidential or otherwise protected information and/or corruption of data. The so-called “insider threat,” unauthorized 
data and changes being introduced into systems by employees and contractors, is an increasingly present risk to be 
managed.  

As a federal government contractor, we face a heightened risk of a security breach or disruption with respect to 

personally identifiable, controlled unclassified information, classified, or otherwise protected data resulting from an attack 
by computer hackers, foreign governments and/or cyber terrorists. Improper disclosure of this information could harm our 
reputation and affect our relationships with business partners, lead to legal exposure, or subject us to liability under laws, 
rules and regulations that protect personal or other confidential data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. 

Although we devote significant resources to our cybersecurity programs and have implemented security measures 

to protect our systems and to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that our 
efforts will prevent these threats. As these security threats continue to evolve, we may be required to devote additional 
resources to protect, prevent, detect and respond against cybersecurity attacks, system disruptions and security breaches. 
Moreover, we also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our information systems. 
Any failure of these third-party systems, which are outside of our control but still impact us, could have similar adverse 
effects. 

22 

 
 
Impermissible use, misuse or an improper disclosure of personal data or confidential information and breaches of, 
or disruptions to, our information technology systems or those of our third-party providers, could adversely affect 
our business and could result in liability and harm our reputation.   

We and our vendors process increasingly large amounts of personal and sensitive personal data (collectively, 

“Personal Data”) concerning our existing and potential employees, clients, client customers, vendors or other third parties 
(collectively, “Data Subjects”), as well as handle confidential information on our clients’ behalf. Therefore, we must ensure 
that we, as well as our vendors, can comply and demonstrate compliance with the various countries’ and U.S. states’ 
privacy and data protection laws, rules, and regulations (collectively, “Privacy and Data Protection Law(s)”) in any 
geolocation where we or our vendors process Data Subjects’ Personal Data. Privacy and Data Protection Laws often vary 
significantly, and the changes to existing laws and adoption of new, more rigorous laws occurs on an increasing basis. For 
example, the European Union’s 2018 General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) requires us to meet stringent 
requirements regarding (i) our access, use, disclosure, transfer, protection, or otherwise processing of Personal Data; and 
(ii) the ability of Data Subjects’ to exercise their related various rights such as to access, correct or delete their Personal 
Data. The 2018 California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which went into effect January 2020, now imposes similar 
requirements, and other U.S. states will likely follow. Failure to meet Privacy and Data Protection Law requirements could 
result in significant penalties (including under GDPR) fines up to 4% of annual worldwide revenue as well as criminal 
penalties).  Privacy and Data Protection Law requirements also confer a private right of action. We may incur substantial 
costs associated with protecting Personal Data and maintaining compliance with the various Privacy and Data Protection 
Laws. These costs could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, any inability, real or perceived, to 
adequately address privacy and data protection concerns, or to comply with applicable Privacy and Data Protection Laws, 
policies, industry standards, or contractual obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our 
reputation, negatively impact our ability to win new contracts or process Personal Data in certain geolocations, and 
otherwise adversely affect our business. 

Systems and/or service failures could interrupt our operations, leading to reduced revenue and profit.  

Any interruption in our operations or any systems failures, including, but not limited to: (i) the inability of our staff 

to perform their work in a timely fashion, whether caused by limited access to and/or closure of our and/or our clients’ 
offices or otherwise; (ii) the failure of network, software and/or hardware systems; and (iii) other interruptions and failures, 
whether caused by us, a third-party service provider, unauthorized intruders and/or hackers, computer viruses, natural 
disasters, power shortages, terrorist attacks or otherwise, could cause loss of data and interruptions or delays in our business 
or that of our clients, or both. In addition, the failure or disruption of mail, communications and/or utilities could cause an 
interruption or suspension of our operations or otherwise harm our reputation or business. Our property and business 
interruption insurance may be inadequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur as a result of any system or 
operational failure or disruption and, as a result, revenue, profits and operating results could be adversely affected. 

We provide digital marketing services in highly competitive and constantly evolving markets. Our success in these 
markets depends on our ability to develop and integrate new technologies into our business and enhance our existing 
products and services, as well as our ability to respond to rapid changes in technology in order to remain 
competitive.  

In our consumer and financial market, we provide digital marketing services in highly competitive markets. We 

compete principally with large systems consulting and implementation firms, traditional and digital advertising and 
marketing agencies, offshore consulting and outsourcing companies, and clients’ internal information systems departments. 
To a lesser extent, other competitors include boutique consulting firms that maintain specialized skills and/or are 
geographically focused. We expect these competitors to devote significant effort to maintaining and growing their 
respective market shares. If we cannot respond effectively to advances by our competitors in this market, or grow our own 
business efficiently, our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected. 

Our success in this competitive market depends in part on our ability to adapt to rapid technological advances and 
evolving standards in computer and mobile device hardware and software development and media infrastructure, changing 
and increasingly sophisticated customer needs, newly developed digital marketing services and platform introductions and 
enhancements. If, within this market, we are unable to develop new or sufficiently differentiated products and services, to 
enhance and improve our products and support services in a timely manner or to position and/or price our products and 
services to meet demand, our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected. 

23 

 
 
We depend on our intellectual property and our failure to protect it could harm our competitive position. 

Our success depends in part upon our internally developed technology and models, proprietary processes, and other 

intellectual property that we incorporate in our products and utilize to provide our services. If we fail to protect our 
intellectual property, our competitors could market services or products similar to our services and products, which could 
reduce demand for our offerings. Government clients typically retain a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free right to use the 
intellectual property we develop for them in a manner defined within government regulations, including providing it to 
other government agencies or departments, as well as to our competitors in connection with their performance of 
government contracts. When necessary, we seek authorization to use intellectual property developed for the government or 
to secure export authorization. Government clients may grant us the right to commercialize software developed with 
government funding, but they are not required to do so. If we improperly use intellectual property that was even partially 
funded by government clients, these clients could seek damages and royalties from us, sanction us, and prevent us from 
working on future government contracts. Actions could also be taken against us if we improperly use intellectual property 
belonging to others besides our government clients. In addition, there can be substantial costs associated with protecting our 
intellectual property, which can also have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  

RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITIONS   

When we undertake acquisitions, they may present integration challenges, fail to perform as expected, increase our 
liabilities, and/or reduce our earnings.   

One of our growth strategies is to make strategic acquisitions. When we complete acquisitions, it may be 

challenging and costly to integrate the acquired businesses due to operating and integrating new accounting systems, 
differences in the locations of personnel and facilities, differences in corporate cultures, disparate business models, or other 
reasons. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquired companies, our revenue and operating results could suffer. In 
addition, we may not successfully achieve the anticipated cost efficiencies and synergies from these acquisitions. Also, our 
costs for managerial, operational, financial, and administrative systems may increase and be higher than anticipated. During 
and following the integration of an acquired business, we may experience attrition, including losing key employees and/or 
clients of the acquired business, which could adversely affect our future revenue and operating results and prevent us from 
achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. 

Businesses we acquire may have liabilities or adverse operating issues, or both, that we either fail to discover 

through due diligence or underestimate prior to the consummation of the acquisition. These liabilities and/or issues may 
include the acquired business’ failure to comply with, or other violations of, applicable laws, rules, or regulations or 
contractual or other obligations or liabilities. As the successor owner, we may be financially responsible for, and may suffer 
harm to our reputation or otherwise be adversely affected by, such liabilities and/or issues. An acquired business also may 
have problems with internal controls over financial reporting, which could in turn cause us to have material deficiencies or 
material weaknesses in our own internal controls over financial reporting. These and any other costs, liabilities, issues, 
and/or disruptions associated with any past or future acquisitions, and the related integration, could harm our operating 
results. 

As a result of our acquisitions, we have substantial amounts of goodwill and intangible assets, and changes in 
business conditions could cause these assets to become impaired, requiring write-downs that would adversely affect 
our operating results.   

All of our acquisitions have involved purchase prices in excess of tangible asset values net of liabilities assumed, 

resulting in the creation of an increased amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. As of December 31, 2020, goodwill 
and purchased intangibles accounted for approximately 55% and 4%, respectively, of our total assets. Under U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination.  We evaluate the 
recoverability of recorded goodwill annually, as well as when events or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment 
or if we have a material change in reporting units. Although we have to date determined that goodwill has not been 
impaired, future events or changes in circumstances that result in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets would 
have a negative impact on our profitability and operating results. In the second quarter of 2019, we impaired an intangible 
asset associated with a historical business acquisition for $1.7 million. 

24 

 
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE   

Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may prevent or deter potential acquisition bids to acquire us 
and other actions that stockholders may consider favorable, and the market price of our common stock may be 
lower as a result.   

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Our charter documents contain the following provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect: 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, making it more difficult for stockholders to change the 
composition of the board; 

Directors may be removed only for cause; 

Our stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of the stockholders; 

All stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting 
or by a written consent signed by all of our stockholders; 

Our stockholders are required to comply with advance notice procedures to nominate candidates for election to 
our board of directors or to place stockholders’ proposals on the agenda for consideration at stockholder 
meetings; and 

The approval of the holders of capital stock representing at least two-thirds of our voting power is required to 
amend our indemnification obligations, director classifications, stockholder proposal requirements, and 
director candidate nomination requirements set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation 
and amended and restated bylaws. 

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation 

Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals; delay or 
prevent a change-in-control transaction; discourage others from making tender offers for our common stock; and/or prevent 
changes in our management. 

There are risks associated with our outstanding and future indebtedness which could reduce our profitability, limit 
our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and reduce the value of our stock.   

As of December 31, 2020, we had an aggregate of $313.2 million of outstanding indebtedness under a credit facility 

that will mature on March 3, 2025. The debt level increased as a result of the January 2020 acquisition of ITG. Subject to 
the limits contained in the agreements governing our outstanding debt, we may incur additional debt in the future. Our 
ability to pay interest and repay the principal for our indebtedness from time to time, as well as meet our financial and 
operating covenant requirements, is dependent upon our ability to, among other things, manage our business operations, 
and generate sufficient cash flows to service such debt. If we are unable to comply with the terms of our financing 
agreements or obtain additional required financing, this could ultimately result in a material adverse effect on our financial 
results and the value of our stock. Among other things, our debt could: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Make it difficult to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other 
general corporate purposes; 

Result in a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations being dedicated to the payment of the 
principal and interest on our debt, as well as used to make debt service payments; 

Limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business and the marketplace; 

Place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to other less leveraged firms; and 

Increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and rises in interest rates.  

Should any of these or other unforeseen consequences arise, they could have an adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, results of operations, future business opportunities and/or ability to satisfy our obligations under our 
debt. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Changes affecting the availability of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may have consequences for us 
that cannot yet reasonably be predicted. 

We have outstanding debt that matures in March 2025 and derivatives with variable interest rates based on LIBOR 

which extend out to February 2025. The LIBOR benchmark has been the subject of national, international, and other 
regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends 
to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for calculation of LIBOR after 2021. Regulators in various 
jurisdictions have been working to replace LIBOR and other interbank offered rates with reference interest rates that are 
more firmly based on actual transactions and it is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to 
alternative rates will occur over the course of the next few years. While the U.S Federal Reserve has identified 
replacements for LIBOR and the Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued proposals for the transition from 
existing reference interest rates to alternative rates, there has been no agreed-upon alternative rate. These reforms may 
cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past and LIBOR may ultimately cease to exist after 2021.  

At this time, it is not possible to accurately predict the effect of any changes to LIBOR, any phase out of LIBOR or 
any establishment of alternative benchmark rates. Any new benchmark rate will likely not replicate LIBOR exactly, which 
could impact our financial instruments, may result in expenses, difficulties, complications or delays in connection with 
future financing efforts, may not be as favorable to us as those based on LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, all of 
which could impact our results of operations and cash flows. There is uncertainty about how applicable law, the courts or 
the Company will address the replacement of LIBOR with alternative rates. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential 
changes may also adversely affect the trading market for our securities. Management continues to monitor the status and 
discussions regarding LIBOR. We are not yet able to reasonably estimate the expected impact. 

We cannot assure you that we will pay special or regular dividends on our stock in the future.   

The board of directors authorized, declared and paid regular dividends each quarter since 2018.  The declaration of 

any future dividends and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates and payment dates for any such future 
dividends are subject to the discretion of the board of directors taking into account future earnings, cash flows, net income, 
dividend yield and other factors. Authorization of dividends by the Board is subject to adherence/compliance with our 
credit facility. There can be no assurance that the board of directors will declare any dividends in the future. To the extent 
that expectations by market participants regarding the potential payment, or amount, of any special or regular dividend 
prove to be incorrect, the price of our common stock may be materially and negatively affected and investors that bought 
shares of our common stock based on those expectations may suffer a loss on their investment. 

26 

 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

We lease our offices and do not own any real estate. As of December 31, 2020, we leased approximately 326,983 
square feet of office space at our corporate headquarters at 9300/9302 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia (in the Washington, 
D.C. metropolitan area) through December 2022 (the “Fairfax Offices”). The Fairfax Offices house a portion of our 
operations and almost all of our corporate functions, including most of our staff within executive management, treasury, 
accounting, legal, human resources, business and corporate development, facilities management, information services, and 
contracts, which will eventually move to the Reston location discussed below. 

On October 24, 2019, we entered into a new commercial lease agreement for our corporate headquarters in Reston, 

Virginia. The new lease commences on March 1, 2022, the anticipated date we will take control of the property and 
commence buildout and extends through April 30, 2039 and provides for the lease by us of approximately 208,000 square 
feet of space. Total base rent payable over the extended lease period is approximately $154.9 million. We have two options 
to extend the term of the lease for an additional consecutive ten-year period under each option, or four options to extend the 
lease for an additional consecutive five-year period under each option with respect to the entire premises. 

As of December 31, 2020, we had leases in place for approximately 1.3 million square feet of office space in more 
than 75 office locations throughout the U.S. and around the world, with various lease terms expiring over the next fourteen 
years. As of December 31, 2020, approximately 15,380 square feet of the space we leased was subleased to other parties. 
We continually review our need for office space and we believe that our current office space, as well as other future office 
space we expect to be able to obtain in the lease marketplace, will be sufficient to meet our office space needs.   

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are involved in various legal matters and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While these 

matters and proceedings cause us to incur costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, we currently believe that any 
ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial 
position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

An update on litigation related to our Road Home contract is discussed in “Note 20— Commitment and 

Contingencies — Road Home Contract” in our financial statements. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

27 

  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ICFI.”  

Holders 

As of February 19, 2021, there were 32 registered holders of record of our common stock. This number is not 

representative of the number of beneficial holders because many of the shares are held by depositories, brokers, or 
nominees. 

Dividends 

We currently expect to continue paying dividends comparable with our historic dividend payments. The declaration 

and payment of any dividends is at the sole discretion of the board of directors and is not guaranteed. Our amended credit 
facility contains certain restrictions related to the payment of cash dividends, requiring us to meet certain covenants prior to 
and after the declaration of any dividend. 

28 

 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from December 31, 
2015 through December 31, 2020, with the cumulative total return on (i) the NASDAQ Composite, (ii) the Russell 2000 
stock index, and (iii) the Company’s 2020 peer group composed of other governmental and commercial service providers: 
Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation; CACI International Inc.; CBIZ, Inc.; CRA International, Inc.; Exponent Inc.; 
FTI Consulting, Inc.; GP Strategies Corporation; Huron Consulting Group Inc.; ManTech International Corporation; 
Maximus, Inc.; Resources Connection, Inc.; Science Applications International Corporation; Tetra Tech, Inc.; Unisys 
Corporation; and VSE Corporation (the “2020 Peer Group”). As part of the annual process of reviewing the peer group, 
management ensures that the selected companies remain aligned with the Company’s evolving business strategy. There 
were no changes between the 2020 Peer Group and our peer group in 2019. The comparison below assumes an initial 
investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2015 in which all dividends (if any) are reinvested and all returns are market-cap 
weighted. The historical information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of future performance. 

29 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

Year Ended December 31, 

ICF International, Inc. ...........................    $ 
NASDAQ Composite ............................      
Russell 2000 Index ................................      
Peer Group ............................................      

100.00     $ 
100.00       
100.00       
100.00       

155.23     $ 
108.87       
121.31       
128.84       

147.64     $ 
141.13       
139.08       
139.04       

183.67     $ 
137.12       
123.76       
151.85       

261.62     $ 
187.44       
155.35       
225.06       

214.00   
271.64   
186.36   
255.41   

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None.  

Repurchases of Equity Securities  

The following table summarizes the share repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2020 for 

our share repurchase plan and shares purchased in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations. 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased (a) 

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share (a) 

Total Number 
of Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs (b) 

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs (b) 

4,388      $ 
23,496      $ 
74,553      $ 
102,437      $ 

62.92        
75.82        
73.16        
73.33        

—      $ 
21,762      $ 
50,000      $ 
71,762          

51,379,133   
49,726,369   
46,097,458   

Period 

October 1 – October 31 ............       
November 1 – November 30 ....       
December 1 – December 31 .....       
Total .........................................       

(a) 

(b) 

The total number of shares purchased of 102,437 includes any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase 
program described further in footnote (b) below, as well as shares purchased from employees to pay required 
withholding taxes related to the settlement of restricted stock units in accordance with our applicable long-term 
incentive plan. During the three months ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased 30,675 shares of 
common stock from employees in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations at an average price of $72.69 per share.  

The current share repurchase program, announced in September 2017 and extended in November 2019, authorizes 
share repurchases in the aggregate up to $100.0 million. Our existing Credit Facility (as later defined in this Annual 
Report) limits our Leverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility), prior to and after giving effect to any 
repurchase, to 3.25 to 1.00 or less. During the three months ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 71,762 shares 
under the share repurchase program at an average price of $73.60 per share.  

30 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table presents selected historical financial data derived from our audited consolidated financial 

statements and other information for each of the five years presented. This information should be read in conjunction with 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial 
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The financial information below reflects the 
results or impact of our acquisitions since the date the entities were purchased. 

2020 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

2017 

2019 

2016 

Statement of Earnings Data: 
Revenue ............................................................     $ 1,506,875   
Direct costs .......................................................        972,406   
Operating costs and expenses: 

Indirect and selling expenses ......................        411,612   
20,399   
Depreciation and amortization ....................       
Amortization of intangible assets ................       
13,349   
Total operating costs and expenses .......        445,360   
89,109   
(13,892 ) 
(544 ) 
74,673   
19,714   
54,959   

Operating income .............................................       
Interest expense ................................................       
Other expense ...................................................       
Income before income taxes .............................       
Provision for income taxes ...............................       
Net income .......................................................     $ 

  $ 1,478,525   
     953,187   

  $ 1,337,973   
     857,508   

  $ 1,229,162   
     771,725   

  $ 1,185,097   
     745,137   

     395,763   
20,099   
8,083   
     423,945   
     101,393   
(10,719 ) 
(501 ) 
90,173   
21,235   
68,938   

  $ 

     360,987   
17,163   
10,043   
     388,193   
92,272   
(8,710 ) 
(735 ) 
82,827   
21,427   
61,400   

  $ 

     346,440   
17,691   
10,888   
     375,019   
82,418   
(8,553 ) 
121   
73,986   
11,110   
62,876   

  $ 

     328,048   
16,638   
12,481   
     357,167   
82,793   
(9,470 ) 
1,184   
74,507   
27,923   
46,584   

  $ 

Earnings per share (“EPS”): 

Basic ...........................................................     $ 
Diluted ........................................................     $ 

2.92   
2.87   

  $ 
  $ 

3.66   
3.59   

  $ 
  $ 

3.27   
3.18   

  $ 
  $ 

3.35   
3.27   

  $ 
  $ 

2.45   
2.40   

Weighted-average common shares 
outstanding: 

Basic ...........................................................       
Diluted ........................................................       

18,841   
19,135   

18,816   
19,224   

18,797   
19,335   

18,766   
19,244   

18,989   
19,416   

Cash dividends declared per common share(1) ..     $ 

0.56   

  $ 

0.56   

  $ 

0.56   

  $ 

—   

  $ 

—   

2020 

2019 

2017 

2016 

As of December 31, 
2018 
(in thousands) 
  $ 
    1,213,862     
     200,424     
     660,417     

11,694      $ 

11,809      $ 

  1,110,255     
   206,250     
   616,030     

6,042   
  1,085,571   
   259,389   
   566,004   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents ................................     $ 
13,841   
Total assets .......................................................       1,667,290   
Long-term debt .................................................        303,214   
Total stockholders’ equity ................................        746,961   

  $ 
6,482   
    1,396,034   
     164,261   
     714,551   

(1)  No cash dividends were declared during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.  

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
        
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
  
  
        
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” and the 

consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This 
discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, such as 
statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. 
Factors that could cause or contribute to our actual results differing materially from those anticipated include those 
discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This section of this Form 10-K generally 
discusses 2020 and 2019 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2020 and 2019. Discussions of 2019 items and year-
to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, which was filed with the SEC on February 28, 2020, and is 
incorporated by reference into this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations. 

OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK 

We provide professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients. Our 

services include management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting, and implementation services. We help our 
clients conceive, develop, implement, and improve solutions that address complex business, natural resource, social, 
technological, and public safety issues. Our services primarily support clients that operate in four key markets: 

• Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure; 

• Health, Education, and Social Programs; 

• Safety and Security; and 

• Consumer and Financial. 

Drawing from our domain knowledge and staff experience in working in multi-disciplinary teams for clients in a 

variety of markets, we provide services to our diverse client base that deliver value throughout the entire life cycle of a 
policy, program, project, or initiative. Our primary services include: 

• Advisory Services; 

• Program Implementation Services; 

• Analytics Services; 

• Digital Services; and 

• Engagement Services. 

Our clients utilize our services because we combine diverse institutional knowledge and experience with the deep 
subject matter expertise of our highly educated staff, which we deploy in multi-disciplinary teams. We have successfully 
worked with many of our clients for decades, with the result that we have a thorough and nuanced perspective of their 
objectives and needs. We serve both governmental and commercial clients. Our government clients include those from 
departments and agencies of the federal government, state (including territories) and local governments, and international 
governments. Our government efforts include work performed under subcontract agreements to commercial clients whose 
ultimate customer is government agencies and departments.  

Our largest clients are U.S. federal government departments and agencies. In fact, our federal government clients 

have included every cabinet-level department, most significantly HHS, DOS, and DoD. Federal government clients 
generated approximately 44%, 38%, and 41% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. State and local 
government clients generated approximately 15%, 19%, and 14% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 
International government clients generated approximately 6%, 8%, and 9% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, 
respectively. 

32 

  
 
 
We also serve a variety of commercial clients worldwide, including: airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, 

health care companies, banks and other financial services companies, transportation, travel and hospitality firms, non-
profits/associations, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution companies. Our commercial clients, which include 
clients outside the U.S., generated approximately 35%, 35%, and 36% of our revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, 
respectively.  

We report operating results and financial data as a single segment based on the consolidated information used by 
our chief operating decision-maker in evaluating the financial performance of our business and allocating resources. Our 
single segment represents our core business: professional services for government and commercial clients. Although we 
describe our multiple service offerings to clients that operate in four markets to provide a better understanding of the scope 
and scale of our business, we do not manage our business or allocate our resources based on those service offerings or 
client markets. Rather, on a project-by-project basis, we assemble the best team from throughout the enterprise to deliver 
highly customized solutions that are tailored to meet the needs of each client. 

Notwithstanding the impact of COVID-19, we believe that, in the long-term, demand for our services will continue 

to grow as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek to address critical long-term societal and natural resource 
issues due to heightened concerns about clean energy and energy efficiency; health promotion, treatment, and cost control; 
natural disaster relief and rebuild efforts; and ongoing homeland security threats. In the wake of the major hurricanes 
(Harvey, Irma, Maria, Laura and Michael) that devastated communities in Texas, Florida, North Carolina, Louisiana, the 
U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico, the affected areas remain in various stages of relief and recovery efforts. We believe 
our prior and current experience with disaster relief and rebuild efforts, including those from Hurricanes Katrina and Rita 
and Superstorm Sandy, put us in a favorable position to continue to provide recovery and housing assistance, and 
environmental and infrastructure solutions on behalf of federal departments and agencies, state, territorial and local 
jurisdictions, and regional agencies. 

We also see significant opportunity to further leverage our digital and client engagement capabilities across our 

commercial and government client base. Our future results will depend on the success of our strategy to enhance our client 
relationships and seek larger engagements that span the entire program life cycle, and to complete and successfully 
integrate additional strategic acquisitions. We will continue to focus on building scale in vertical and horizontal domain 
expertise, developing business with both our government and commercial clients, and replicating our business model in 
selective geographies. In doing so, we will continue to evaluate strategic acquisition opportunities, such as our recent 
acquisition of ITG, that enhance our subject matter knowledge, broaden our service offerings, and/or provide scale in 
specific geographies. Although we continue to see favorable long-term market opportunities, there are certain business 
challenges facing all government service providers. Administrative and legislative actions by the federal government to 
address changing priorities or in response to the budget deficit could have a negative impact on our business, which may 
result in a reduction to our revenue and profit and adversely affect cash flow. Similarly, the very nature of opportunities 
arising out of disaster recovery mean they can involve unusual challenges. Factors such as the overall stress on 
communities and people affected by disaster recovery situations, political complexities and challenges among involved 
government agencies, and a higher-than-normal risk of audits and investigations may result in a reduction to our revenue 
and profit and adversely affect cash flow. However, we believe we are well positioned to provide a broad range of services 
in support of initiatives that will continue to be priorities to the federal government, as well as to state and local and 
international governments and commercial clients. We believe that the combination of internally generated funds, available 
bank borrowings, and cash and cash equivalents on hand will provide the required liquidity and capital resources necessary 
to fund on-going operations, potential acquisitions, customary capital expenditures, and other working capital requirements. 

Our results of operations and cash flows may vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on a number of 

factors, including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Progress of contract performance; 

Extraordinary economic events and natural disasters; 

Number of billable days in a quarter; 

Timing of client orders; 

Timing of award fee notices; 

Changes in the scope of contracts; 

Variations in purchasing patterns under our contracts; 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Federal and state and local governments’ and other clients’ spending levels; 

Federal government shutdowns; 

Timing of billings to, and collection of payments from clients; 

Timing of receipt of invoices from, and payments to, employees and vendors; 

Commencement, completion, and termination of contracts; 

Strategic decisions, such as acquisitions, consolidations, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic 
investments, and changes in business strategy; 

Timing of significant costs and investments (such as bid and proposal costs and the costs involved in planning 
or making acquisitions); 

Timing of events related to discrete tax items; 

Our contract mix and use of subcontractors or the timing of other direct costs for which we may earn lower 
contract margin; 

Changes in contract margin performance due to performance risks; 

Additions to, and departures of, staff; 

Changes in staff utilization; 

Paid time off taken by our employees; 

Level and cost of our debt; 

Changes in accounting principles and policies; and/or 

General market and economic conditions. 

Because a significant portion of our expenses (such as personnel, facilities, and related costs) are fixed in the short-

term, contract performance and variation in the volume of activity, as well as in the number and volume of contracts 
commenced or completed during any year, may cause significant variations in operating results from year to year. We 
generally have been able to price our contracts in a manner that accommodates the rates of inflation experienced in recent 
years, although we cannot ensure that we will be able to do so in the future. 

IMPACT OF THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the novel strain of coronavirus disease COVID-

19 as a global pandemic. There continues to be significant uncertainty as to the effects of this pandemic on the global 
economy, which may impact, among other things, our operations, balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows. 
Adverse events such as health-related concerns about working in our offices, the inability to travel, the potential impact on 
our employees, clients, subcontractors and other suppliers and business partners, a slow-down in customer decision-making 
that affects procurement cycles, a reprioritization of client spending, and other matters affecting the general work and 
business environment have harmed, and could continue to harm, our business and delay the implementation of our business 
strategy. We cannot fully anticipate all the ways in which the current global health crisis, economic slowdown and financial 
market conditions will adversely impact our business in the future. The longer the duration of the pandemic, the advent of 
new strains of the virus and challenges faced in the rollout of vaccines, the more likely it is that it could have an adverse 
effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows. 

We are primarily a service business, and our staffing, and that of our subcontractors, has been maintained, 

substantially on a work from home basis, fortunately with little COVID-19 illness among our staff. To date we have 
experienced continuity in the majority of our work for our government clients, which accounted for approximately 65% of 
our revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. There have been postponements of events and challenges 
around some project work requiring travel, but overall, our government clients have continued to require our services. We 
are unable to predict whether, and to what extent, this trend will continue.  It would be reasonable to expect that some 
deterioration of certain client activities has occurred and will continue to occur due to COVID-19, but there is also the 
possibility of additional demand from federal agencies such as the CDC, HHS, and the Federal Emergency Management 
Agency, as well as state and local and international government agencies. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Of the remaining 35% of our total revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the majority was 

generated from commercial energy markets and commercial marketing services, each of which represented roughly half of 
that total. In commercial energy, where we work primarily for utility clients, we have experienced trends similar to those 
with our government clients, although some aspects of energy efficiency programs have been put on hold as they involve 
direct interaction with consumers. In our commercial marketing services, a key component of our business is our industry-
leading loyalty platform, where we have long-term implementation contracts, and we believe our clients, many of which are 
in the hospitality space, will continue to stay engaged with their most loyal customers. The other parts of commercial 
marketing services, which include public event management and marketing technology, were impacted based on the 
restriction upon travel worldwide and the deferral or cancellation of marketing events. Some of these commercial clients 
perform work in travel-related markets and have been severely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result, we are 
monitoring that business area closely. These elements of commercial marketing services represented less than 16% of our 
total Company-wide revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. 

We are monitoring the evolving situation related to the COVID-19 pandemic and we continue to work with our 

stakeholders to assess further possible implications to our business and to take actions in an effort to mitigate adverse 
consequences. To protect employee health and safety while COVID-19 remains a threat, we plan to continue to deliver a 
majority of our services to clients remotely for the foreseeable future and continue to evaluate our return to office plans. 
While the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act contains a provision that allows federal 
contractors to seek specified reimbursement for certain employees who are unable to perform their contract requirements 
due to government restrictions, we believe we have limited claims under the CARES Act, and reimbursements are also 
subject to limitations and do not extend past December 31, 2020. Additionally, we exercised the option to defer payment of 
the employer portion of the Social Security tax, with 50% to be repaid by December 31, 2021 and the remainder by 
December 31, 2022.  We deferred payment of approximately $20.9 million of employer Social Security taxes during the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2020.   

As part of management actions to counter the impact of COVID-19, we continue to align our costs with anticipated 

revenues. In the U.S. and in our international operations, we have used staff reductions, furloughs, and other temporary 
wage reduction programs in response to the pandemic. We incurred $2.1 million in severance costs related to unanticipated 
terminations associated with COVID-19. We are currently participating in several international government subsidy 
programs, providing approximately $3.0 million as of December 31, 2020, whose objective is to encourage eligible 
companies to keep employees on the payroll during the COVID-19 pandemic. A requirement of these subsidies is that we 
continue to employ the identified employees who might otherwise have been impacted by a reaction to COVID-19. The 
subsidies are limited in the amount and time in which payroll costs are covered.  

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

A key element of our growth strategy is to pursue acquisitions. In 2018, we acquired The Future Customer 
(“TFC”), DMS Disaster Consultants (“DMS”), and We Are Vista Limited (“Vista”).  In January 2020 and December 2020, 
we completed the acquisitions of ITG and Eco-Tech Consultants, Inc. (“Eco-Tech”). While providing capabilities and 
access to new clients in support of our growth strategy, these acquisitions were not significant to our financial statements 
taken as a whole.   

The Future Customer – In January 2018, we acquired TFC, a leading boutique loyalty strategy and marketing 

company based in London, U.K.  The acquisition of TFC enhanced and extended our customer loyalty business to Europe. 

DMS Disaster Consultants – In August 2018, we acquired DMS, a disaster management and recovery firm based in 
Florida, to broaden our capabilities in support of assisting communities, businesses and individuals recover from man-made 
and nature disasters. DMS assists public sector clients with man-made and natural disaster planning and preparedness, and 
post-disaster response and recovery efforts by assisting clients in obtaining federal funding from Federal the Emergency 
Management Agency (FEMA), insurance companies, and other sources. 

We Are Vista Limited – In October 2018, we acquired Vista, a communications company headquartered in Leeds, 

U.K., with an additional presence in London. Vista provides advisory services and solutions to clients in the financial, 
retail, automobile, and energy industries and broadens our capabilities in the region.  

35 

 
 
Incentive Technology Group, LLC – In January 2020, we completed the acquisition of ITG, one of the leading 

providers of cloud-based platform services to the federal government. ITG provides solutions through the adoption of next 
generation technologies for federal government agencies, many of which are among our long-standing clients. 

Eco-Tech Consultants, Inc. – In December 2020, we completed the acquisition of Eco-Tech, an ecological 
consulting firm located in Louisville, Kentucky. The firm provides a range of ecological services across the Eastern United 
States and will greatly increase our capacity to support a growing portfolio of transportation agency clients in the Eastern 
United States. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements 

prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make 
certain estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses 
during the reporting period and our application of critical accounting policies, including: revenue recognition, impairment 
of goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and stock-based compensation. If any of these estimates or judgments 
prove to be incorrect, our reported results could be materially affected. Actual results may differ significantly from our 
estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in 
the accounting practices described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements and, therefore, 
consider them to be critical accounting policies. Significant accounting policies, including the critical accounting policies 
listed below, are more fully described and discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Revenue Recognition 

We primarily provide services and technology-based solutions for clients that operate in a variety of markets and 

the solutions may span the entire program life cycle, from initial research and analysis to the design and implementation of 
solutions. We enter into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and obligations and for which it is probable 
that we will collect the consideration to which we will be entitled as services and solutions are transferred to the client. 
Except in certain narrowly defined situations, our agreements with our clients are written and revenue is generally not 
recognized on oral or implied arrangements. We recognize revenue based on the consideration specified in the applicable 
agreement and exclude from revenue amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Accordingly, sales and similar taxes 
which are collected for third parties are excluded from the transaction price. 

We also evaluate whether two or more agreements should be accounted for as one single contract and whether 

combined or single agreements should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. For most contracts, the 
client requires that we perform a number of tasks in providing an integrated output and, hence, each of these contracts is 
tracked as having only one performance obligation. When contracts are separated into multiple performance obligations, we 
allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices 
of the promised services underlying each performance obligation. We generally provide customized solutions in which the 
pricing is based on specific negotiations with each client, and, in these cases, we use a cost-plus margin approach to 
estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. It is common for our long-term contracts to contain 
award fees, incentive fees or other provisions that can either increase or decrease the transaction price. These variable 
amounts are generally awarded at the completion of a prescribed performance assessment period based on the achievement 
of performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets, and the amount awarded may be subject to client discretion. 
Variable consideration is estimated based on the most likely amount.  Estimates of variable consideration will be 
constrained only to the extent that it is probable that significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized 
will not occur. 

36 

 
 
We evaluate contractual arrangements to determine whether revenue should be recognized on a gross versus net 

basis. Our assessment is based on the nature of the promise to the client. In most cases, we agree to provide specified 
services to the client as a principal and revenue is recognized on a gross basis. In certain instances, we act as an agent and 
merely arrange for another party to provide services to the client and revenue is recognized on a net basis in reflection of 
the fact that we do not control the goods or services provided to the client by the other party. 

Long-term contracts typically contain billing terms that provide for invoicing monthly or upon completion of 

milestones and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that we perform 
satisfactorily rather than representing a significant financing component. For cost-based contracts, our performance is 
evaluated during a contractually stipulated performance period and, while contract costs may be billed on a monthly basis, 
we are generally permitted to bill for incentive or award fees only after the completion of the performance assessment 
period, which may occur quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and after the client completes the performance assessment. 
Fixed-price contracts may provide for milestone billings based on the attainment of specific project objectives and, since 
they are tied to our project performance, these type of billing terms do not represent a significant financing component. 
Moreover, contracts may require retentions or hold backs that are paid at the end of the contract to ensure that we perform 
in accordance with requirements which do not represent our providing financing to our clients but rather are a means to 
ensure that we meet contract requirements. We do not assess whether a contract contains a significant financing component 
if we expect, at contract inception, that the period between payment by the client and the transfer of promised services to 
the client will be one year or less. 

As a service provider, we generally recognize revenue over time as control is transferred to a client, based on the 

extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation. The selection of the method used to measure progress 
requires judgment and, among other things, is dependent on the contract type selected by the client during contract 
negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  

When a performance obligation is billed using a time-and-materials contract type, we use the right to invoice 
practical expedient output progress measures to estimate revenue earned based on hours worked in contract performance at 
negotiated billing rates. Fixed-price level-of-effort contracts are substantially similar to time-and-materials contracts except 
that we are required to deliver a specified level of effort over a stated period of time. For these contracts, we estimate 
revenue earned using contract hours worked at negotiated bill rates as we deliver the contractually required workforce.  

For cost-based contracts, we recognize revenue as a single performance obligation based on contract costs incurred, 

as we become contractually entitled to reimbursement of the contract costs, plus a most likely estimate of award or 
incentive fees earned on those costs even though final determination of fees earned occurs after the contractually stipulated 
performance assessment period ends.  

For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, we use the ratio of actual costs 

incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input method) represents a reasonable measure of progress 
towards the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total revenue earned. This method 
provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of value to the client when we are satisfying a performance obligation that 
entails integration of tasks for a combined output, which requires us to coordinate the work of employees, subcontractors 
and delivery of other contract costs. Contract costs that are not reflective of our progress toward satisfying a performance 
obligation are not included in the calculation of the measure of progress. When this method is used, changes in estimated 
costs to complete these obligations result in adjustments to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis, which causes the effect 
of revised estimates for prior periods to be recognized in the current period. Changes in these estimates can routinely occur 
over contract performance for a variety of reasons, which include: changes in contract scope; changes in contract cost 
estimates due to unanticipated cost growth or reassessments of risks impacting costs; changes in estimated incentive or 
award fees; or performing better or worse than previously estimated.  

In some fixed price service contracts, we perform services of a recurring nature, such as maintenance and other 
services of a “stand ready” nature. For these contracts, we have the right to consideration in an amount that corresponds 
directly with the value that the client has received. Therefore, we record revenue on a time-elapsed basis to reflect the 
transfer of control to the client throughout the contract.   

37 

 
 
Our operating cycle for long-term contracts may be greater than one year and is measured by the average time 

intervening between the inception and the completion of those contracts. Contract-related assets and liabilities, as 
highlighted below, are classified as current assets and current liabilities. Significant balance sheet accounts related to the 
revenue recognition cycle are as follows:  

Contract receivables, net – This account includes amounts billed or billable under contract terms. The amounts due 
are stated at their net realizable value. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated 
amount of receivables that will not be collected. We consider a number of factors in our estimate of the allowance, 
including knowledge of a client’s financial condition, its historical collection experience, and other factors relevant 
to assessing the collectability of the receivables.  

Contract assets – This account includes unbilled amounts typically resulting from revenue recognized on contracts 
when the amount of revenue recognized exceeds the amounts billed. It also includes contract retainages until we 
have met the contract-stipulated requirements for payment. Contract assets are reported in a net position on a 
contract-by-contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance 
obligations. On a contract-by-contract basis, amounts do not exceed their net realizable value. 

Contract liabilities – This account consists of advance payments received and billings in excess of revenue 
recognized on contracts. Contract liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis each period 
even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations.  

Revenue recognition entails the use of significant judgment, including, but not limited to, the following: evaluating 

agreements in terms of the number and nature of performance obligations; determining the appropriate method for 
measuring progress of the satisfaction of obligations; and preparing estimates in terms of the amount of progress that we 
have made. Most of our revenue is recognized over time and for many fixed-price contracts, in particular, we estimate the 
proportion of total revenue earned using the ratio of contract costs incurred to total estimated contract costs, which requires 
us to prepare estimates as work progresses of contract cost left to be incurred. Moreover, some of our contracts include 
variable consideration, which requires us to estimate the most likely amounts that will be earned over the respective 
contractually stipulated performance assessment periods. For these obligations, changes in estimates result in cumulative 
catch-up adjustments and may have a significant impact on earnings during a given period.    

Payments on cost-based contracts with the U.S. Federal government are provisional payments subject to audit and 

adjustment.  Our USAID-cognizant indirect cost rates have been finalized through December 31, 2014, and its NIH-
cognizant cost rates have been finalized through December 31, 2011.  Contract revenue have been recorded in amounts that 
are expected to be realized upon final audit and cost settlement and we do not believe any additional, material revenue 
adjustments will result from finalizing the indirect rates and closing open audit years.  

We prepare client invoices in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract, and billing terms may not be 

directly related to the performance of services. Contract assets are invoiced based on the achievement of specific events as 
defined by each contract, including deliverables, timetables, and incurrence of certain costs. Contract assets are classified as 
a current asset. Advanced billings to clients in excess of revenue earned are recorded as contract liabilities until the revenue 
recognition criteria are met. Reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses are included in revenue with corresponding costs 
incurred by us included in the cost of revenue. We record revenue net of taxes collected from clients when the taxes are 
collected on behalf of the governmental authorities. 

We may proceed with work based on client direction prior to the completion and signing of formal contract 
documents. We have a review process for approving any such work. Revenue associated with such work is recognized only 
when it can be reliably estimated, and realization is probable. We base our estimates on a variety of factors, including 
previous experiences with the client, communications with the client regarding funding status, and our knowledge of 
available funding for the contract. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible 

assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. 
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible 
assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but 
instead are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with 
estimable useful lives are amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise. As of 
December 31, 2020, goodwill and intangibles assets were $909.9 million and $59.9 million, respectively. 

38 

 
 
For the purpose of performing the annual goodwill impairment review as of October 1, 2020, as our business is 

highly integrated and all of our components have similar economic characteristics, we have concluded we have one 
aggregated reporting unit at a consolidated entity level. We assess goodwill at the reporting level.  For the goodwill 
impairment test, we opted to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's 
fair value is less than its carrying amount. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine that it is more likely 
than not that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount, we may conclude that no 
impairment exists. If we conclude otherwise, a goodwill impairment test must be performed, which includes a comparison 
of the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount and recognizing, as an impairment loss, the difference of the 
estimated fair value of the reporting unit over its carrying amount. 

Our qualitative analysis as of October 1, 2020 included macroeconomic and industry and market-specific 
considerations, financial performance indicators and measurements, and other factors. Based on this qualitative assessment, 
we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our one reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, and 
thus the impairment test was not required to be performed.  Historically, we have not recorded any impairment charges for 
goodwill. 

We are required to review other intangible assets and long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes 

in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. In the fourth quarter of 2020 
management evaluated its existing operating lease facilities and elected to discontinue the use of 16 leased facilities in 
advance of the lease termination date resulting in a $4.9 million charge for early contract termination. The $4.9 million 
charge included $3.1 million of impairment, $1.5 million of termination fees and $0.3 million of a loss on the disposition of 
related fixed assets and other costs. 

Accounting for Income Taxes 

Our provisions for federal, state, and foreign income taxes are calculated from consolidated income based on 
current tax laws and any changes in tax rates from the rates used previously in determining the deferred tax assets and 
liabilities from temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and amounts on our tax returns.  

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are 
expected to be recovered or settled. We evaluate our ability to benefit from all deferred tax assets and establish valuation 
allowances for amounts we believe are not more likely than not to be realized.  

We use a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax position taken 

to evaluate uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are 
measured in order to determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. Penalties, if probable and reasonably 
estimable, and interest expense related to uncertain tax positions are not recognized as a component of income tax expense 
but recorded separately in indirect expenses or interest expense, respectively.    

Stock-based Compensation 

The ICF International, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended, (the “2018 Omnibus Plan”) provides for the 

granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares, 
performance units, cash-based awards, and other stock-based awards to all officers, key employees, and non-employee 
directors.  The 2018 Omnibus Plan replaced the previous 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). As of 
December 31, 2020, there were approximately 1,107,968 shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan.    

We utilize cash settled RSUs (“CSRSUs”) which are settled only in cash payments. The cash payment is calculated 

by multiplying the number of CSRSUs vested by our closing stock price on the vesting date, subject to a maximum 
payment cap and a minimum payment floor. CSRSUs have no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 
Omnibus Plan and have no impact on the calculated shares used in EPS calculations.   

We began granting awards of registered shares to our non-employee directors on an annual basis under the 2018 

Omnibus Plan in the third quarter of 2018. Previously, under the Prior Plan, we granted awards of unregistered shares to the 
directors under the Annual Equity Election program. Those awards were issued from treasury stock and had no impact on 
the shares available for grant under the Prior Plan. 

39 

 
 
We recognized total compensation expense relating to stock-based compensation of $24.6 million, $26.0 million, 

and $19.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. We recognize stock-based 
compensation expense for stock options, restricted stock awards, and RSUs on a straight-line basis over the requisite 
service period, which is generally the vesting period. We treat CSRSUs as liability-classified awards, and account for them 
at fair value based on the closing price of our stock at the balance sheet date. We recognize expense for performance-based 
share awards (“PSAs”), which are subject to a performance condition and a market condition, on a straight-line basis over 
the performance period. Non-employee director awards are expensed over the performance period.  

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of these instruments and the estimated 

number of shares ultimately expected to vest. The calculation of the fair value of the awards requires certain inputs that are 
subjective and changes to the estimates used will cause the fair value of stock awards and related stock-based compensation 
expense to vary. The fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards, RSUs, PSAs and non-employee director awards is 
estimated based on the fair value of a share of common stock at the grant date. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes-
Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The fair value of a stock option award is affected 
by the price of our stock on the date of grant, as well as other assumptions used as inputs in the valuation model. These 
assumptions include the estimated volatility of the price of our stock over the term of the awards, the estimated period of 
time that we expect employees will hold stock options, and the risk-free interest rate. The fair value of PSAs is estimated 
using a Monte Carlo simulation model.  

We are required to adjust stock-based compensation expense for the effects of estimated forfeitures of awards over 

the expense recognition period. We estimate the rate of future forfeitures based on factors which include our historical 
experience, but the amount of actual forfeitures may differ from current estimates particularly if the rate of future 
forfeitures is different from previous experience. In addition, the estimation of PSAs that will ultimately vest requires 
judgment in terms of estimates of future performance. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures and 
actual performance or updated performance estimates differ from current estimates, such expense amounts are recorded as a 
cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. See “Note 15—Accounting for Stock-based Compensation” 
in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further discussion. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

New accounting standards are discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements.”  

SELECTED KEY METRICS 

In order to evaluate operations, we track revenue by key metrics that provide useful information about the nature of 
our operations. Client markets provide insight into the breadth of our expertise. Client type is an indicator of the diversity of 
our client base. Revenue by contract mix provides insight in terms of the degree of performance risk that we have assumed. 
Significant variances in the key metrics tables that are provided below are discussed under the revenue section of the results 
of operations.  

Client markets 

The following table shows revenue generated from client markets as a percent of total revenue for the periods 

indicated. For each client, we have attributed all revenue from that client to the market we consider to be the client’s 
primary market, even if a portion of that revenue relates to a different market. Certain minor revenue amounts reported in 
the prior years have been reclassified within key market categories based on our current view of the client’s primary market 
in order to increase comparability of the current year to prior years.  

Year ended 
December 31, 2020 

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 

Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

Energy, environment, and infrastructure ...................  $ 
Health, education, and social programs ....................    
Safety and security ....................................................    
Consumer and financial .............................................    

616,296     
670,618     
117,979     
101,982     
Total .......................................................................  $  1,506,875     

41 %    $ 
44 %      
8 %      
7 %      

663,799     
567,351     
118,279     
129,096     
100 %    $  1,478,525     

45 %    $ 
38 %      
8 %      
9 %      

564,736     
535,578     
111,660     
125,999     
100 %    $  1,337,973     

42 % 
40 % 
8 % 
10 % 
100 % 

40 

  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our primary clients are the agencies and departments of the federal government and commercial clients. Most of 

our revenue is from contracts on which we are the prime contractor, which we believe provides us strong client 
relationships. In 2020, 2019, and 2018, approximately 92%, 92%, and 92% of our revenue, respectively, was from prime 
contracts.  

Client type 

The table below shows our revenue by type of client as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated. 

Certain immaterial revenue amounts in the prior years have been reclassified due to minor adjustments and reclassification 
within client type. 

Year ended 
December 31, 2020 
Dollars 

   Percent   

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 
Dollars 

   Percent   

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 
Dollars 

   Percent   

U.S. federal government ..............................................  $ 
U.S. state and local government ..................................    
International government ............................................    
Government ..............................................................    
Commercial ..............................................................    
Total .........................................................................  $ 

666,961     
222,730     
95,734     
985,425     
521,450     
1,506,875     

44 %   
15 %   
6 %   
65 %   
35 %   
100 %   

$ 

$ 

560,953     
279,833     
122,125     
962,911     
515,614     
1,478,525     

38 %   
19 %   
8 %   
65 %   
35 %   
100 %   

$ 

$ 

546,050     
183,900     
122,186     
852,136     
485,837     
1,337,973     

41 % 
14 % 
9 % 
64 % 
36 % 
100 % 

Contract mix 

Contract mix varies from year to year due to numerous factors, including our business strategies and the 

procurement activities of our clients. Unless the context requires otherwise, we use the term “contracts” to refer to contracts 
and any task orders or delivery orders issued under a contract. There are three main types of contracts: time-and-materials 
contracts, fixed-price contracts, and cost-based contracts. For a detailed discussion of contract types, see “Critical 
Accounting Policies - Revenue Recognition” above.  

The following table shows the approximate percentage of our revenue for each of these types of contracts for the 
periods indicated. Certain immaterial revenue amounts in the prior years have been reclassified due to minor adjustments 
and reclassification within contract type. 

Year ended 
December 31, 2020 

Year ended 
December 31, 2019 

Year ended 
December 31, 2018 

Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

   Dollars 

Percent 

Time-and-materials ....................................................  $ 
Fixed-price .................................................................    
Cost-based .................................................................    

749,844     
529,157     
227,874     
Total .......................................................................  $  1,506,875     

50 %    $ 
35 %      
15 %      

700,980     
566,299     
211,246     
100 %    $  1,478,525     

48 %    $ 
38 %      
14 %      

581,446     
526,751     
229,776     
100 %    $  1,337,973     

44 % 
39 % 
17 % 
100 % 

Payments to us on cost-based contracts with the federal government are provisional payments subject to adjustment 
upon audit by the government. Such audits have been finalized through 2011 for NIH-cognizant indirect rates and through 
2014 for USAID-cognizant indirect rates, and any adjustments have been immaterial. Contract revenue for subsequent 
periods has been recorded in amounts that are expected to be realized on final audit and settlement of costs in those years.   

41 

  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table sets forth certain items from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, expresses 
these items as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated and the period-over-period rate of change in each of them. 

Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 
(dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 

Year to Year Change 

Revenue ...........................................................  
Direct Costs .....................................................  
Operating Costs and Expenses 
Indirect and selling expenses ............................  
Depreciation and amortization .........................  
Amortization of intangible assets .....................  
Total Operating Costs and Expenses ............  
Operating Income ...........................................  
Interest expense ................................................  
Other expense ...................................................  
Income Before Income Taxes ........................  
Provision for Income Taxes ...........................  
Net Income ......................................................  

2020 

  $ 1,506,875   
972,406   

411,612   
20,399   
13,349   
445,360   
89,109   
(13,892 ) 
(544 ) 
74,673   
19,714   
54,959   

  $ 

2019 
Dollars 
  $ 1,478,525   
     953,187   

     395,763   
20,099   
8,083   
     423,945   
     101,393   
(10,719 ) 
(501 ) 
90,173   
21,235   
68,938   

  $ 

2018 

        2020    

  $ 1,337,973            100.0 % 
     857,508            64.5 % 

17,163           
10,043           

     360,987            27.3 % 
1.4 % 
0.9 % 
     388,193            29.6 % 
5.9 % 
(0.9 )% 

92,272           
(8,710 )         

   2019    
Percentages 
     100.0 % 
     64.5 % 

     26.8 % 
1.4 % 
0.5 % 
     28.7 % 
6.9 % 
(0.7 )% 

(735 )          —   

     —   

82,827           
21,427           
61,400           

5.0 % 
1.3 % 
3.6 % 

  $ 

6.2 % 
1.4 % 
4.7 % 

   2018    

2019 to 2020 

2018 to 2019 

     Dollars    
     100.0 %       $  28,350   
19,219   
     64.1 %         

   Percent    

     Dollars    
1.9 %       $ 140,552   
2.0 %          95,679   

15,849   
     27.0 %         
300   
1.3 %         
5,266   
0.8 %         
21,415   
     29.1 %         
(12,284 ) 
6.9 %         
(3,173 ) 
(0.7 )%        
(43 ) 
(0.1 )%        
(15,500 ) 
6.1 %         
1.6 %         
(1,521 ) 
4.6 %       $  (13,979 ) 

4.0 %          34,776   
2,936   
1.5 %         
(1,960 ) 
65.1 %         
5.1 %          35,752   
9,121   
(12.1 )%        
(2,009 ) 
29.6 %         
234   
8.6 %         
7,346   
(17.2 )%        
(7.2 )%        
(192 ) 
(20.3 )%      $  7,538   

   Percent    

10.5 % 
11.2 % 

9.6 % 
17.1 % 
(19.5 )% 
9.2 % 
9.9 % 
23.1 % 
(31.8 )% 
8.9 % 
(0.9 )% 
12.3 % 

Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to year ended December 31, 2019 

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, was $1,506.9 million, compared to $1,478.5 million for 

the year ended December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $28.4 million or 1.9%. The increase in revenue was 
attributable to an increase in governmental revenue of $22.5 million, or 2.3%, and an increase in commercial revenue of 
$5.8 million, or 1.1%, compared to the prior year.    The changes in government revenue by client type were driven by the 
increase in federal government revenue, including clients from the ITG acquisition, offset by a decrease in state and local 
government revenue, from our disaster recovery clients, and a decrease in international government revenue. The increase 
in our commercial revenue by client market was driven by increases in revenue from energy, environment and 
infrastructure clients and health, education, and social program clients, including clients from our ITG acquisition, partially 
offset by a decrease in marketing services provided to our consumer and financial clients, which have been impacted by 
COVID-19, compared to the prior year. The governmental and commercial revenues as a percent of total revenue remained 
consistent at 65% and 35% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with 65% and 35% for the prior year. 

Direct costs. Direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2020, were $972.4 million compared to $953.2 million 

for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $19.2 million or 2.0%. The increase in direct costs and associated 
fringe costs was attributable to an increase of $31.6 million in direct labor and associated fringe benefits costs offset by 
a $12.4 million decrease in subcontractor and other direct costs. The direct labor and associated fringe costs increase is 
the result of an increase in our federal government revenues, as discussed above, partially offset by the decline in direct 
labor in our international government clients and our commercial clients. The decrease in subcontractor and other 
direct costs is due to the decline in other direct costs of $12.0 million, primarily travel related costs offset by an increase 
in media buys, and a $0.4 million decline in subcontractor costs. The decline in subcontractor costs is due to the decline 
in revenue from contracts that are reliant upon subcontractors, such as the hurricane relief and recovery efforts and 
marketing services, offset by subcontractor costs from the ITG acquisition. Direct costs as a percent of revenue remained 
constant at 64.5% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.  

Indirect and selling expenses. Indirect and selling expenses generally include our management, facilities, and 

infrastructure costs for all employees and the salaries and wages related to indirect activities, including stock-based and 
cash-based incentive compensation provided to employees whose compensation and other benefit costs are included in 
indirect and selling expenses, plus associated fringe benefits not directly related to client engagements.  

42 

  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
            
    
    
    
    
    
       
    
    
    
       
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
Indirect and selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020, were $411.6 million compared to $395.8 

million for the prior year, an increase of $15.8 million or 4.0%. The increase in indirect and selling expenses was primarily 
due to an increase in indirect labor, associated fringe costs, and other compensation costs of $25.6 million, and a decrease 
in general and administrative costs of $9.8 million. The increase in indirect labor, associated fringe costs, and other 
compensation costs is due to the general increase in labor year over year and additional severance costs from our internal 
restructuring and $8.8 million expense related to obligations under the Executive Chair’s employment agreement. The 
decrease in general and administrative costs was due to a reduction of travel-related expenses of $10.3 million, a decrease 
related to the $1.7 million impairment of intangible assets in the prior year, a decrease in our use of contract labor in the 
current year, and the decline in non-labor related administrative costs in the current year, offset by increases in the current 
year of $4.4 million of expenses related to the termination, abandonment, or impairment of several operating leases, a $3.4 
million increase in bad debt expenses, and other increased costs due to our investments in our internal infrastructure and 
processes, and professional fees and insurance costs associated with our acquisition activities. Indirect and selling expenses 
as a percent of revenue increased to 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to 26.8% for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. The increase in indirect and selling expenses as a percent of revenue is due to expenses in 2020 related 
to termination of operating leases and expenses related to the departing officer’s employment in our indirect and selling 
expenses for the year ending December 31, 2020. 

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 

2020, compared to $20.1 million for the prior year, an increase of $0.3 million or 1.5%. The increase in depreciation and 
amortization is the result of additional leasehold improvements acquired as part of the ITG acquisition which was offset by 
a decrease in depreciation and amortization as a result of accelerated depreciation of leasehold improvements on leases that 
terminated during the prior year.  

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2020 was 

$13.3 million compared to $8.1 million for the prior year. The $5.3 million increase was primarily due to an increase in the 
amortization of additional intangible assets related to the ITG acquisition totaling $47.3 million, partially offset by reduced 
levels of amortization of intangible assets associated with prior acquisitions. 

Operating income. For the year ended December 31, 2020, operating income was $89.1 million compared to $101.4 
million for the prior year, a decrease of $12.3 million or 12.1%. Operating income as a percent of revenue was 5.9% for the 
year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 6.9% for the prior year. The changes were largely due to an increase in indirect 
and selling expenses, associated with expense related to obligations under the Executive Chair’s employment agreement, 
and an increase in amortization of intangible assets partially offset by higher revenues. 

Interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2020, interest expense was $13.9 million, compared to $10.7 
million for the prior year, an increase of $3.2 million or 29.6%. The higher interest expense for the twelve months ended 
December 31, 2020 was due to higher average debt balances, primarily due to the financing of the ITG acquisition, partially 
offset by lower average interest rates for the period ended December 31, 2020 compared to the period ended December 31, 
2019. 

Other expense. For the year ended December 31, 2020, other expense was flat at $0.5 million compared to other 

expense of $0.5 million for the prior year. 

Provision for income taxes. The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
December 31, 2019, was 26.4% and 23.6%, respectively. Our effective tax rate, including state and foreign taxes net of 
federal benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020, was higher than the statutory tax rate for the year primarily due to 
tax benefits for stock-based compensation, permanently non-taxable income and state tax credits, and partially offset by the 
establishment of a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets, permanent differences related to compensation costs, 
and other expenses not deductible for tax purposes.  

NON-GAAP MEASURES 

These following tables provide reconciliations of financial measures that are not U.S. GAAP (“non-GAAP”) to the 

most applicable U.S. GAAP measures. While we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in 
evaluating our financial information, they should be considered supplemental in nature and not as a substitute for financial 
information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other companies may define similarly titled non-GAAP measures 
differently and, accordingly, care should be exercised in understanding how we define these measures. 

43 

 
 
Service Revenue   

Service revenue represents revenue less subcontractor and other direct costs (which include third-party materials 

and travel expenses). Service revenue is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered an 
alternative to revenue as a measure of operating performance. This presentation of service revenue may not be comparable 
to other similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods to prepare 
similarly titled measures. We believe service revenue is a useful measure to investors since, as a consulting firm, a key 
metric is revenue generated from the services our employees provide to our clients. For the year ended December 31, 2020, 
service revenue grew $40.7 million or 4.1% compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2020, service revenue represented 69.3% of total revenue compared to 67.8% for the year ended December 
31, 2019. The table below presents a reconciliation of revenue to service revenue for the periods indicated: 

Year ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Revenue ....................................................................................................     $  1,506,875      $  1,478,525      $  1,337,973   
(412,216 ) 
(475,717 )      
Subcontractor and other direct costs .........................................................       
925,757   
Service revenue ........................................................................................     $  1,043,511      $  1,002,808      $ 

(463,364 )      

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 

Earnings before interest and other income and/or expense, tax, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is a 

measure we use to evaluate operating performance. We believe EBITDA is useful in assessing ongoing trends and, as a 
result, may provide greater visibility in understanding our operations.  

Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA further adjusted to eliminate the impact of certain items that we do not consider to 
be indicative of the performance of our ongoing operations. We evaluate these adjustments on an individual basis based on 
both the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the item, including their size and nature, as well as whether or not we expect 
them to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis. We believe that the adjustments applied in calculating 
adjusted EBITDA are reasonable and appropriate to provide additional information to investors.  

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and should not be used as alternatives 

to net income as a measure of operating performance. This presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be 
comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods 
to prepare similarly titled measures. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for 
management’s discretionary use as these measures do not include certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax 
payments, capital expenditures and debt service.  

A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA follows: 

Year ended December 31, 

2020 

      2019 

      2018 

544        

Net income ...................................................................................................................     $  54,959      $  68,938      $  61,400   
735   
501        
Other expense ...............................................................................................................       
Interest expense ............................................................................................................        13,892         10,719        
8,710   
Provision for income taxes ...........................................................................................        19,714         21,235         21,427   
Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................        33,748         28,182         27,206   
EBITDA .......................................................................................................................        122,857        129,575        119,478   
Adjustment related to impairment of long-lived assets (1) .....................................................       
—   
Special charges related to acquisitions (2) ...................................................................................       
1,361   
Special charges related to severance for staff realignment (3) ...............................................       
1,554   
Special charges related to facilities consolidations and office closures, and our future 
corporate headquarters (4) ..........................................................................................................  
Special charges related to retirement of Executive Chair (5) .................................................       
Adjustments related to bad debt reserve (6) ................................................................................       

1,643        
8,825        
—        
Total special charges and adjustments ....................................................................        20,305        

115   
—   
1,240   
4,270   
Adjusted EBITDA ........................................................................................................     $ 143,162      $ 134,783      $ 123,748   

717        
—        
(782 )      
5,208        

3,090        
1,983        
4,764        

1,728        
1,771        
1,774        

(1)  Adjustment related to impairment of long-lived assets: We recognized impairment expense of $3.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2020 related to 
impairment of right-of-use lease assets and $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2019 related to an intangible asset associated with a historical 
business acquisition. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(2)  Special charges related to acquisitions: These costs consist primarily of consultants and other outside third-party costs, integration costs associated 

with an acquisition, and an adjustment to the contingent consideration liability from a previous acquisition. 

(3)  Special charges related to severance for staff realignment: These costs are mainly due to involuntary employee termination benefits for Company 

officers, groups of employees who have been terminated as part of a consolidation or reorganization or, to the extent that the costs are not included in 
the previous two categories, involuntary employee termination benefits for employees who have been terminated as a result of COVID-19.   

(4)  Special charges related to facilities consolidations, office closures, and our future corporate headquarters: These costs are exit costs associated with 
terminated leases or full office closures.  The exit costs include charges incurred under a contractual obligation that existed as of the date of the 
accrual and for which we will (i) continue to pay until the contractual obligation is satisfied but with no economic benefit to us or (ii) we contractually 
terminated the obligation and ceased utilizing the facilities. Additionally, we incurred one-time charges with respect to the execution of a new lease 
agreement for our corporate headquarters. 

(5)  Special charges related to retirement of Executive Chair: These costs include severance, pro rata incentive bonus, welfare benefits, and acceleration of 

equity awards we incurred under the departing officer’s severance agreement during the fourth quarter of 2020. As a result of the employment 
agreement, the departing officer was able to maintain certain equity awards beyond his date of employment. 

(6)  Adjustments related to bad debt reserve: During 2018, we established a bad debt reserve for amounts due from a utility client that had filed for 

bankruptcy and included the reserve as an adjustment due to its relative size. The adjustment in 2019 reflects a favorable revision of our prior estimate 
of collectability based on a third party acquiring the receivables. 

Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings per Share 

Non-GAAP diluted EPS represents diluted EPS excluding the impact of certain items such as impairment of 

intangible assets, acquisition expenses, severance for staff realignment, facility consolidations and office closures, certain 
adjustments to the bad debt reserve and certain charges related to the retirement of our Executive Chair (which are also 
excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, as described further above), as well as the impact of amortization of intangible assets 
related to our acquisitions and income tax effects. While these adjustments may be recurring and not infrequent or unusual, 
we do not consider these adjustments to be indicative of the performance of our ongoing operations. Non-GAAP diluted 
EPS is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and is not an alternative to basic or diluted EPS as a measure of 
performance. This presentation of non-GAAP diluted EPS may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used 
by other companies because other companies may use different methods to prepare similarly titled measures. We believe 
that the supplemental adjustments applied in calculating non-GAAP diluted EPS are reasonable and appropriate to provide 
additional information to investors. 

The following table presents a reconciliation of diluted EPS to non-GAAP diluted EPS for the periods indicated:  

Year ended December 31, 

2020 

      2019 

      2018 

Diluted EPS ..................................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustment related to impairment of long-lived assets ................................................       
Special charges related to acquisitions .........................................................................       
Special charges related to severance for staff realignment ...........................................       
Special charges related to facilities consolidations and office closures, and our future 
corporate headquarters ..............................................................................................  
Special charges related to retirement of Executive Chair .............................................       
Adjustments related to bad debt reserve .......................................................................       
Amortization of intangibles ..........................................................................................       
Income tax effects on amortization, special charges, and adjustments .........................       
Non-GAAP EPS ...........................................................................................................     $ 

2.87      $ 
0.16        
0.10        
0.25        

3.59      $ 
0.09        
0.10        
0.09        

0.10        
0.46        
—        
0.70        
(0.47 )      
4.17      $ 

0.08        
—        
(0.04 )      
0.42        
(0.18 )      
4.15      $ 

3.18   
—   
0.07   
0.08   

0.01   
—   
0.06   
0.52   
(0.19 ) 
3.73   

(1)  Income tax effects were calculated using an effective U.S. GAAP tax rate of 26.4%, 23.6% and 25.9% for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 

and 2018, respectively. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity and Borrowing Capacity. On March 3, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment (the “First 
Amendment”) to the Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement with a group of 10 lenders (the 
“Credit Facility”). The First Amendment amended the Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security 
Agreement, entered on May 17, 2017. As a result of the First Amendment, we increased our borrowing capacity by $200.0 
million through the addition of a $200.0 million term loan to the Credit Facility. The First Amendment also made certain 
other changes to the Credit Facility as described in “Note 10—Long-Term Debt” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements”. Additionally, we incurred additional loan fees of $2.1 million. 

We drew upon our Credit Facility to fund the ITG acquisition and subsequently had a net payment on our credit 

facility of $104.7 million from operating cash flows. The improvement in cash flow from operations was primarily driven 
by the timing of client billings and collections of our disaster relief and rebuild contracts as well as the unexpected 
acceleration of billing and collections for media buys. However, the timing of cash flow from disaster relief and rebuild 
efforts is more uncertain than from other clients due to factors such as political complexities and challenges among 
involved government agencies. Moreover, the billing processes have complex reporting requirements and the funding 
processes have been slow to distribute funds once billed.  

Short-term liquidity requirements are created by our use of funds for working capital, capital expenditures, debt 

service, dividends and share repurchases. We expect to meet these requirements through a combination of cash flow from 
operations and borrowings. Our primary source of borrowings is from our Credit Facility, as described in “Note 10—Long-
Term Debt” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the novel COVID-19 virus as a global pandemic. 
There is significant uncertainty as to effects of this pandemic on the global economy, which in turn may impact, among 
other things, our ability to generate historical levels of positive cash flows from operations and our ability to successfully 
execute and fund key initiatives. However, our current belief is that the combination of internally generated funds, available 
bank borrowings, and cash and cash equivalents on hand will provide the required liquidity and capital resources necessary 
to fund on-going operations, customary capital expenditures and acquisitions, quarterly cash dividends, share repurchases 
and organic growth. Additionally, we continuously analyze our capital structure to ensure we have capital to fund future 
strategic acquisitions. We monitor the state of the financial markets on a regular basis to assess the availability and cost of 
additional capital resources from both debt and equity sources. We believe that we will be able to access these markets at 
commercially reasonable terms and conditions if, in the future, we need additional borrowings or capital.  

Financial Condition. There were several changes in our balance sheet during the year ended December 31, 2020 

compared to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. The more significant changes are discussed below. 

Cash and cash equivalents increased to $13.8 million on December 31, 2020, from $6.5 million on December 31, 

2019. As of December 31, 2020, we had restricted cash of $68.1 million, all of which was classified as a current asset. 
These balances and the changes to the balances of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are further discussed in 
“Cash Flow” below and discussed in “Note 3—Restricted Cash” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Contract receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, decreased to $222.9 million on December 31, 2020 
compared to $261.2 million on December 31, 2019, primarily due to significant collection of outstanding receivables and 
an increase in our allowance for doubtful accounts, primarily related to two clients filing for bankruptcy. Contract 
receivables are a significant component of our working capital and generally increase due to revenue growth and may be 
favorably or unfavorably impacted by our collection efforts, including timing from new contract startups, and other short-
term fluctuations related to the payment practices of our clients. Contract assets and contract liabilities represent revenue in 
excess of billings and billings in excess of revenue, respectively, both of which generally arise from revenue recognition 
timing and contractually stipulated billing schedules or billing complexity. As of December 31, 2020, contract assets and 
contract liabilities were $143.4 million and $42.1 million, respectively, compared to $142.3 million and $37.4 million, 
respectively, as of December 31, 2019.  

We evaluate our collections efforts using the days-sales-outstanding ratio (“DSO”), which we calculate by dividing 

total accounts receivable (contract receivables, net and contract assets, less contract liabilities) by revenue per day for the 
trailing three months period. Days-sales-outstanding decreased to 67 days compared to 83 days during the prior year 
primarily due to significant collection efforts of our disaster relief and rebuilding contracts as well as accelerated collections 
related to media buys. The DSO, excluding disaster relief and rebuilding efforts, was 60 days for the quarter ended 
December 31, 2020, compared to 71 days for the quarter ended December 31, 2019.  

46 

 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, as discussed in “Note 6—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and “Note 

16 – Business Combinations” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, increased due to the acquisition of ITG 
and the impact of foreign currency translation. On January 31, 2020, we acquired ITG, for the purchase price of $255.0 
million. The acquisition resulted in the recording of $188.3 million in goodwill and $47.3 million in intangible assets. 

Operating lease - right-of-use assets decreased from $134.0 million as of December 31, 2019 to $127.1 million as 

of December 31, 2020 and the operating lease liability, both current and long-term, decreased from $151.8 million at 
December 31, 2019 to $139.0 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the right-of-use assets is due to $32.3 of 
amortization, $3.1 million of impairment, and $2.0 million reduction resulting from modification/contractual termination of 
leases, offset by $29.8 million of right-of-use assets under new leases and foreign currency impact of $0.7 million. The 
decrease in the operating lease liability is due to principal payments of $41.0 million, $12.5 million of additional pre-
payment of lease commitments in December 2020, and a $1.6 million reduction resulting from modification/contractual 
termination of leases, offset by additional lease liabilities under new leases. 

The increase in right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are primarily due to the lease acquired as part of the ITG 

acquisition and new facilities in Chicago. In the fourth quarter of 2020, management reviewed our operating lease facilities 
and, as a result of the review, we took a $4.9 million charge for both the contractual termination of 13 leases and the 
impairment of 3 leases for our discontinued use of the properties. The $4.9 million charge included $3.1 million in 
impairment, $1.5 million in termination fees, and $0.3 million in losses on the disposition of related fixed assets and other 
costs. The 13 terminated leases had lease end dates ranging from December 2020 to September 2024. 

Long-term debt increased to $313.2 million at December 31, 2020 from $164.3 million at December 31, 2019, 

primarily due to financing of our $255 million acquisition of ITG partially offset by the net payments on our Credit Facility 
of $104.7 million. The average debt balance on the Credit Facility for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 
$428.0 million and $268.6 million, respectively. The average interest rate on the Credit Facility, excluding any fees and 
unamortized debt issuance costs, for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 2.4% and 3.6%, respectively. We 
generally utilize cash flow from operations as our primary source of funding and turn to our Credit Facility to fund any 
temporary fluctuations, such as increases in contract receivables, reductions in accounts payable and accrued expenses, 
purchase of treasury stock, payment of declared dividends, additional capital expenditures, and to meet funding 
requirements for new acquisitions. 

On February 20, 2020, we entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap”) for a notional 
amount of $100.0 million in order to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate Credit Facility. Similar to the previous 
swap agreements that the Company has entered into, this Swap is intended to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates. As of 
December 31, 2020, the aggregate notional amount hedged totaled $200.0 million, excluding the hedge sold on December 
1, 2016, and were valued at an unrealized loss of $10.9 million, before tax, and are included in other liabilities and 
accumulated other comprehensive loss. See “Note 12—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” in the “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2020 consists primarily of $17.3 million of deferred compensation 

plan liabilities, $10.0 million of the long-term portion of the deferred Company social security taxes under the CARES Act, 
$7.2 million of liabilities related to the long-term portion of fair value of outstanding hedges, and outstanding commitments 
under an acquisition agreement of $1.2 million.  

The increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $2.0 million, net of taxes, was driven by a change of $5.2 

million in the fair value of the interest rate hedging instruments, $0.5 million in gains reclassified to income related to 
hedging instruments previously sold and offset by a $3.7 million change in the value of certain foreign currencies relative to 
the U.S. dollar (primarily the British Pound, Euro and Canadian dollar. See “Note 14—Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Loss” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

We have explored various options of mitigating the risk associated with potential fluctuations in the foreign 
currencies in which we conduct transactions. We currently have hedges in an amount proportionate to work anticipated to 
be performed under certain contracts in Europe. We recognize changes in the fair-value of the hedges in our results of 
operations. We may increase the number, size and scope of our hedges as we analyze options for mitigating our foreign 
exchange and interest rate risk. The current impact of the foreign currency hedges to the consolidated financial statements is 
immaterial.  

47 

 
 
Share Repurchase Program. The objective of the share repurchase program has been to offset dilution resulting 
from employee stock compensation. The Company meets its objective to offset dilution via its 10b5-1 and 10b-18 trading 
plans. In September 2017 the board of directors approved a share repurchase program that authorizes share repurchases in 
the aggregate up to $100.0 million. Our total repurchases are also limited by the Credit Facility as described in “Note 18—
Share Repurchase Program” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”.  Our overall repurchase limit is the lower 
of the amount imposed by our board of directors and by the Credit Facility.  Previously, purchases under the repurchase 
program could be made from time to time at prevailing market prices in open market purchases or in privately negotiated 
transactions pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”), and in accordance with applicable insider trading and other securities laws and regulations. On March 13, 2020, we 
terminated the Rule 105b-1 element of the share repurchase program. We subsequently approved an updated Rule 10b5-1 
plan element of the share repurchase program, as part of its normal process, that is scheduled to commence January 2021. 
The purchases will be funded from existing cash balances and/or borrowings, and the repurchased shares will be held in 
treasury and used for general corporate purposes. The timing and extent to which we repurchase our shares will depend 
upon market conditions and other corporate considerations, as may be considered in our sole discretion. During the year 
ended December 31, 2020, we repurchased 278,582 shares under this program at an average price of $78.66 per share. As 
of December 31, 2020, $46.1 million remained available for share repurchases under the share repurchase program.  

Dividends.  Cash dividends declared in 2020 were as follows: 

Dividend Declaration Date    Dividend Per Share       

Record Date 

February 27, 2020 
May 5, 2020 
August 4, 2020 
November 5, 2020 

   $ 
   $ 
   $ 
   $ 

0.14        March 27, 2020 
0.14       
June 12, 2020 
0.14        September 11, 2020     October 13, 2020 
January 12, 2021 
0.14        December 11, 2020    

Payment Date 
April 13, 2020 
July 14, 2020 

Cash Flows. We consider cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months 

or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. The following table sets forth our sources and uses of cash for the 
following years.  

(in thousands) 
Net cash provided by operating activities .................................................     $ 
Net cash used in investing activities .........................................................       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..................................       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted 
cash .......................................................................................................  
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ............     $ 

Year ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

173,145      $ 
(270,948 )      
169,955        

91,440      $ 
(30,470 )      
(67,640 )      

74,670   
(56,387 ) 
(28,771 ) 

3,353        
75,505      $ 

166        
(6,504 )    $ 

(792 ) 
(11,280 ) 

Our operating cash flows are primarily affected by the overall profitability of our contracts, our ability to invoice 
and collect from our clients in a timely manner, and the timing of vendor and subcontractor payments in accordance with 
negotiated payment terms. We bill most of our clients on a monthly basis after services are rendered. 

Operating activities provided $173.1 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to cash 

provided by operating activities of $91.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cash flows 
provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year was primarily due to strong 
collections of contract receivables related to disaster relief and rebuilding efforts as well as accelerated collections related to 
our media placements work for which the associated media spend will occur in early 2021. Additionally, we were able to 
defer employer social security tax liabilities, under the CARES Act, until 2021 and 2022. The increases in cash flows were 
partially offset by the reduction in net income and the use of cash to settle outstanding operating liabilities. The improved 
collections of contract receivables is evidenced by the reduction in our DSO from 83 days for the quarter ended December 
31, 2019 to 67 days for the quarter ended December 31, 2020. The reduction in our DSO was primarily the result of an 11 
day decrease due to the accelerated collection related to media placements. 

Investing activities used cash of $270.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $30.5 million 

for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our cash flows used in investing activities consists primarily of capital expenditures 
and acquisitions. The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 included acquisitions, net of 
cash acquired, of $253.3 million, of which $253.1 million was for ITG and $0.2 million was for Eco-Tech, and $17.7 
million for capital expenditures.  The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 included $26.9 
million for capital expenditures and acquisitions of $3.6 million.   

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
Our cash flows used in financing activities consists primarily of debt and equity transactions. For the year ended 

2020, cash flows used in financing activities were primarily due to the net advance from our Credit Facility of $150.3 
million, net receipt and payments of restricted contract funds of $65.6 million, dividend payments of $10.6 million, and 
share repurchases under our share repurchase plan and shares purchased from employees to pay required withholding taxes 
related to settlement of restricted stock units of $29.7 million. For the year ended 2019, cash flows used in financing 
activities were primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $35.0 million, dividend payments of $10.5 million, 
and share repurchases under our share repurchase plan and shares purchased from employees to pay required withholding 
taxes related to settlement of restricted stock units of $23.4 million.  

Under a contract with a customer commencing in the final quarter of fiscal year 2020, the Company receives 

advance payments to be used to pay providers of services to the customer, a separate third-party. The advanced payments 
are treated as restricted cash as the Company is required under the contract to distribute the advanced funds to the third-
party providers or return the advanced funds to the customer. Because the Company receives the advance payments from a 
customer, which must be refunded to the customer or remitted to a third party, the cash receipts are treated as borrowings 
rather than receipts for the provision of goods or services. Therefore, these cash receipts are presented as financing cash 
inflows, “Receipt of restricted contract funds”, with the subsequent payments classified as financing cash outflows, 
“Payment of restricted cash contract funds.” 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

We had ten outstanding letters of credit provided for under our Credit Facility with a total value of $2.7 million, 

primarily related to deposits to support our facility leases. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 that require us to make future 

cash payments. Our summary of contractual obligations includes payments that we have an unconditional obligation to 
make. 

(in thousands) 
Long-term debt obligation (1) .............     $ 
Operating lease obligations (2) ..........       
Other obligations related to 

acquisitions ...............................  
Total ...........................................     $ 

      Less than 

Total 

1 year 

Payments due by Period 
3 to 5 
1 to 3 
years 
years 

      More than 

5 years 

345,490      $ 
310,014        

17,463      $ 
27,417        

38,089      $ 
59,526        

289,938      $ 
44,863        

—   
178,208   

1,915        
657,419      $ 

683        
45,563      $ 

1,232        
98,847      $ 

—        
334,801      $ 

—   
178,208   

(1) 

(2) 

Represents the obligation for principal and variable interest payments related to the Credit Facility assuming the principal amount outstanding and 
interest rates at December 31, 2020 remain fixed through maturity. These assumptions are subject to change in future periods. 
Operating lease obligations include leases of facilities and equipment. See “Note 7—Leases” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 
The operating lease obligations includes the contractual obligations related to our new headquarters lease in Reston, Virginia. 

49 

  
    
  
     
  
  
    
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to certain financial market risks, the most predominant being fluctuations in interest rates for 

borrowings under the Credit Facility and foreign exchange rate risk. 

We monitor interest rate fluctuations and outlook as an integral part of our overall risk management program, 

which recognizes the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce potentially adverse effects of higher interest 
rates on our results of operations. As part of this strategy, we may use interest rate swap arrangements to hedge all or a 
portion of our interest rate risk by securing hedges that effectively convert our variable rate debt to fixed rate debt. We do 
not use such instruments for speculative or trading purposes. Our exposure to market risk includes changes in interest rates 
for borrowings under the Credit Facility. These borrowings accrue interest at variable rates. Based on our borrowings under 
this facility and amount of hedging in 2020, a 1% increase in interest rates would have increased interest expense by 
approximately $4.3 million, and would have decreased our annual net income and operating cash flows by a comparable 
amount. On December 31, 2020, we have four interest rate swap agreements with a total aggregate notional amount of 
$200.0 million to hedge against changes in interest rates and offset potential increases in interest expense.  See “Note 12—
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

As a result of conducting business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we are subject to market risk with 

respect to adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In general, our currency risk is mitigated largely by matching 
costs with revenues in a given currency. However, our exposure to fluctuations in other currencies against the U.S. dollar 
increases as a greater portion of our revenue is generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We currently have hedges 
in place to mitigate our foreign exchange risk related to our operations in Europe; however, given the amount of business 
conducted in Europe, there is some risk that revenue and profits will be affected by foreign currency exchange rate 
fluctuations. We use a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of movement in foreign currency exchange rates on revenue. 
During the year ended December 31, 2020, 12.9% of our revenue was generated from our international operations based on 
the location to which a contract was awarded. As a result, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against 
all currencies would have an estimated impact on revenue of approximately 0.8%, or $11.7 million. Actual gains and losses 
in the future could differ materially from this analysis based on the timing and amount of both foreign currency exchange 
rate movements and our actual exposure. As of December 31, 2020, we held approximately $81.5 million in cash and 
restricted cash in foreign bank accounts to be utilized on behalf of our foreign subsidiaries and to be used to pay providers 
of service to a customer (see “Note 3—Restricted Cash” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements”), thereby 
partially mitigating foreign currency conversion risks. 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The consolidated financial statements of ICF International, Inc. and subsidiaries are provided in Part IV in this 

Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

50 

 
 
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Based on an evaluation under the supervision and with the 

participation of the Company’s management, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded 
that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange 
Act, were effective as of December 31, 2020 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time 
periods specified in the SEC rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, 
including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding 
required disclosure. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The Company’s management is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the 
assessment, management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 
2020. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has issued an audit report on 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears on page F-3 of this Form 10-K.  

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting, and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. 
GAAP. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to 
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
Company’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; (iii) that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only 
in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (iv) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could 
have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no material changes in our internal control 

over financial reporting during the last quarter of 2020, which were identified in connection with management’s evaluation 
required by paragraph (d) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected, or are 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can 

provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a 
control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered 
relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can 
provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Because of the inherent 
limitations in any control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected. Also, any 
evaluations of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.  

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

51 

 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders (the “2021 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by 

reference. 

52 

  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(1) Financial Statements 

PART IV 

    Page 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ......................................................................................      
F-1
F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 ..............................................................................      
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 .......      
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 ...........      
F-6
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 ..........................      
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................................................................................      
F-8
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) ...........................................................................................................       F-37

(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

None. 

(3) Exhibits 

The following exhibits are included with this report or incorporated herein by reference: 

Exhibit 
Number 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

Exhibit 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q, filed August 3, 2017). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed 
June 2, 2017). 

Specimen common stock certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-1/A 
(File No. 333-134018), filed September 12, 2006). 

See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, above, for provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company defining the rights of holders of common stock of the 
Company. 

  4.3 

   Description of Securities. * 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form S-1 
(File No. 333-134018), filed May 11, 2006). + 

ICF International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 
2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 1, 2013). + 

ICF International, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the 
Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 20, 2018). + 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form of Non-Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 27, 2018). + 

Form  of  CEO  Performance  Share  Award  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the
Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form  of  COO  Performance  Share  Award  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the
Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form of General Performance Share Award Agreement under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

Form of Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). + 

53 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

Exhibit 

Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Sudhakar Kesavan, dated December 29, 
2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2008). + 

Restated Severance Protection Agreement by and between the Company and Sudhakar Kesavan, dated 
December 29, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed 
December 30, 2008). + 

Restated Severance Protection Agreement between John Wasson and ICF International, Inc. dated October 1, 
2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 1, 2019).+ 

Amended Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and John Wasson, dated December 12, 
2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 18, 2008). + 

Employment Terms by and between the Company and James C. Morgan, dated June 8, 2012 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2012). + 

Severance Benefit/Protection Agreement by and between the Company and James C. Morgan, dated June 8, 
2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2012). + 

Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Ellen Glover, dated February 21, 2012 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed May 4, 2012). + 

Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Sergio J. Ostria, dated March 6, 2012 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed on March 8, 2016). + 

First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 3, 
2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed March 5, 2020). 

Deed of Lease by and between Hunters Branch Leasing, LLC and ICF Consulting Group, Inc., effective April 
1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2010). 

Lease Agreement between ICF Consulting Group, Inc. and CRS Plaza II, LLC, dated as of October 24, 2019 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019). 

Equity Purchase Agreement between Incentive Technology Group, LLC, Project Lucky Holdings, LLC, Shadi 
Michelle Branch, Adam Branch, and ICF Incorporated, L.L.C., dated January 13, 2020 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A, filed January 14, 2020). 

21.0 

   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.* 

23.1 

   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.* 

31.1 

   Certificate of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).* 

31.2 

   Certificate of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).* 

32.1 

   Certifications of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

32.2 

   Certifications of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

101 

The following materials from the ICF International, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2020 formatted in Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (i) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of 
Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements. * 

104 

The cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, 
formatted in Inline XBRL 

* 

+ 

Submitted electronically herewith. 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit. 

54 

   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 

caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

February 26, 2021 

    ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
    By:    

/s/    JOHN WASSON         
John Wasson 

   Chair, President, and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/    JOHN WASSON 
John Wasson 

Chair, President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

February 26, 2021 

/s/    BETTINA G. WELSH  
Bettina G. Welsh 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
(Principal Financial Officer) 

 February 26, 2021 

/s/    DONALD J. TERRERI 
Donald J. Terreri 

/s/    MARILYN CROUTHER 
Marilyn Crouther 

/s/    EILEEN O’SHEA AUEN    
Eileen O’Shea Auen 

/s/    Dr. SRIKANT M. DATAR     
Dr. Srikant M. Datar 

/s/    CHERYL W. GRISÉ   
Cheryl W. Grisé 

/s/    PETER SCHULTE    
Peter Schulte 

/s/    MICHAEL J. VAN HANDEL 
Michael Van Handel 

/s/    RANDALL MEHL    
Randall Mehl 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

February 26, 2021 

Controller  
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

55 

  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
ICF International, Inc. 

Opinion on the financial statements  
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ICF International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive 
income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, 
and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of 
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria 
established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 26, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion.  

Basis for opinion  
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Critical audit matter 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements 
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex 
judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.  

Revenue Recognition – Estimates-at-Completion 
As described further in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company generally recognizes revenue over 
time as control transfers to a client, based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the related performance 
obligation. The selection of the method used to measure progress requires judgment and is dependent on the contract type 
selected by the client during contract negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  For 
performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the Company uses the ratio of actual costs 
incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input model) represents a reasonable measure of progress 
toward the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total transaction price earned. We 
identified the initial development and subsequent changes related to estimates-at-completion as a critical audit matter. 

F-1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The principal considerations for our determination that the use of estimates-at-completion in recognizing revenue is a 
critical audit matter are the significant management judgments involved in the initial creation and subsequent updates to the 
Company’s estimates-at-completion and related profit recognized, which required challenging and subjective auditor 
judgment in the execution of our procedures. Inputs and assumptions requiring significant management judgment included 
anticipated direct labor, subcontract labor, and other direct costs required to deliver on unfinished performance obligations. 

Our audit procedures in response to this matter included the following, among others.  

•  We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the initial drafting of estimates-at-completion 

and the ongoing monitoring of changes in estimates specific to the estimates-at-completion.  

•  We tested management’s process for developing, revising and applying estimates-at-completion to a sample of 

contracts.  Our testing included evaluating key inputs and assumptions by comparing them to underlying supporting 
documentation or other corroborating evidence, such as subcontractor agreements, historical hours for similar service 
offerings, or other contractual documentation that supports estimated costs. 

•  We performed analytical procedures of gross margin fluctuations on a contract by contract basis to corroborate 

cumulative catch-up adjustments or forward loss provisions on negative margins. 

•  We obtained subsequent event information on a contract-by-contract basis and performed a “look-back” analysis of 
contracts completed during the year ended December 31, 2020 and compared the final gross margin to the estimated 
margins throughout the contract life cycle to assess the Company’s ability to develop reliable estimates. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000.  

Arlington, Virginia  
February 26, 2021  

F-2 

  
  
 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

Board of Directors and Stockholders 
ICF International, Inc. 

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ICF International, Inc.  (a Delaware corporation) and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In 
our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, 
and our report dated February 26, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Basis for opinion 
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing 
the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP  

Arlington, Virginia  
February 26, 2021  

F-3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 
ASSETS 
Current Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................    $ 
Restricted cash – current ...................................................................................      
Contract receivables, net ...................................................................................      
Contract assets ..................................................................................................      
Prepaid expenses and other assets .....................................................................      
Income tax receivable .......................................................................................      
Total Current Assets ............................................................................................      
Total Property and Equipment, net ....................................................................      
Other Assets: 

Goodwill ...........................................................................................................      
Other intangible assets, net ...............................................................................      
Operating lease - right-of-use assets .................................................................      
Other assets .......................................................................................................      
Total Assets ...........................................................................................................    $ 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Current Liabilities: 

Current portion of long-term debt .....................................................................    $ 
Accounts payable ..............................................................................................      
Contract liabilities .............................................................................................      
Operating lease liabilities – current ..................................................................      
Accrued salaries and benefits ............................................................................      
Accrued subcontractors and other direct costs ..................................................      
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..................................................      
Total Current Liabilities ......................................................................................      
Long-term Liabilities: 

Long-term debt .................................................................................................      
Operating lease liabilities - non-current ............................................................      
Deferred income taxes ......................................................................................      
Other long-term liabilities .................................................................................      
Total Liabilities .....................................................................................................      

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 20) 

Stockholders’ Equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 5,000,000 shares  

December 31, 
2020 

December 31, 
2019 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

13,841   
68,146   
222,850   
143,369   
25,492   
1,977   
475,675   
62,434   

909,913   
59,887   
127,132   
32,249   
1,667,290   

10,000   
91,365   
42,050   
23,350   
80,512   
78,842   
100,908   
427,027   

303,214   
115,614   
34,330   
40,144   
920,329   

6,482   
—   
261,176   
142,337   
17,402   
7,320   
434,717   
58,237   

719,934   
25,829   
133,965   
23,352   
1,396,034   

—   
134,578   
37,413   
32,500   
52,130   
45,619   
36,811   
339,051   

164,261   
119,250   
37,621   
21,300   
681,483   

authorized; none issued .................................................................................      

—   

—   

Common stock, $.001 par value; 70,000,000 shares authorized; 23,305,255 
and 22,846,374 shares issued; and 18,909,983 and 18,867,555 shares 
outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively ....      
Additional paid-in capital .................................................................................      
Retained earnings ..............................................................................................      
Treasury stock, 4,395,272 and 3,978,819 shares at December 31, 2020 and 

23   
369,058   
588,731   

2019, respectively ..........................................................................................      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ............................................................      
Total Stockholders’ Equity ..................................................................................      
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity ........................................................    $ 

(196,745 ) 
(14,106 ) 
746,961   
1,667,290   

  $ 

23   
346,795   
544,840   

(164,963 ) 
(12,144 ) 
714,551   
1,396,034   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-4 

  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Revenue .................................................................................................     $  1,506,875   
972,406   
Direct costs ............................................................................................       
Operating costs and expenses 

2020 

Years ended December 31, 
2019 
  $  1,478,525   
953,187   

2018 
  $  1,337,973   
857,508   

Indirect and selling expenses ...........................................................       
Depreciation and amortization .........................................................       
Amortization of intangible assets .....................................................       
Total operating costs and expenses .......................................................       
Operating income ..................................................................................       
Interest expense .....................................................................................       
Other expense ........................................................................................       
Income before income taxes ..................................................................       
Provision for income taxes ....................................................................       
Net income ............................................................................................     $ 

411,612   
20,399   
13,349   
445,360   
89,109   
(13,892 ) 
(544 ) 
74,673   
19,714   
54,959   

  $ 

395,763   
20,099   
8,083   
423,945   
101,393   
(10,719 ) 
(501 ) 
90,173   
21,235   
68,938   

  $ 

360,987   
17,163   
10,043   
388,193   
92,272   
(8,710 ) 
(735 ) 
82,827   
21,427   
61,400   

Earnings per share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................     $ 
Diluted ........................................................................................     $ 

2.92   
2.87   

  $ 
  $ 

3.66   
3.59   

  $ 
  $ 

3.27   
3.18   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic ...........................................................................................       
Diluted ........................................................................................       

18,841   
19,135   

18,816   
19,224   

18,797   
19,335   

Cash dividends declared per common share .......................................       

0.56   

0.56   

0.56   

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax .....................................       
Comprehensive income, net of tax ........................................................     $ 

(1,962 ) 
52,997   

  $ 

407   
69,345   

  $ 

(6,683 ) 
54,717   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-5 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 

(in thousands) 
Balance at January 1, 2018 ...........................................      18,662     $ 
Net income .......................................................................       —       
Other comprehensive loss ...............................................       —       
Equity compensation .......................................................       —       
Exercise of stock options .................................................      
209       
Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted 

Additional 
   Common Stock      
Paid-in 
  Shares     Amount      Capital 

    Retained      Treasury Stock 
    Earnings     Shares      Amount      

22     $  307,821     $ 434,766        3,357     $ (121,540 )   $ 
—       
—        61,400        —       
—       
—       
—        —       
—       
—       
178       
—        —       
11,328       
—       
—       
—        —       
5,842       
—       

Accumulated 
Other 

Comprehensive       

Loss 

     Total 

(5,039 )   $ 616,030   
—        61,400   
(6,683 ) 
—        11,506   
5,842   
—       

(6,683 )     

stock units ...................................................................      
Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks ............      
Reclassification of stranded tax effects due to adoption 

226       
(280 )     

—       
—       

—       
1,217       

—       
—       
—        280        (18,342 )     

(8 )     

—       
—   
—        (17,125 ) 

of accounting principle ...............................................       —       
Dividends declared ..........................................................       —       
Balance at December 31, 2018 ......................................      18,817       
Net income .......................................................................       —       
Other comprehensive income ..........................................       —       
Equity compensation .......................................................       —       
94       
Exercise of stock options .................................................      
Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted 

306       
stock units ...................................................................      
Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks ............      
(349 )     
Dividends declared ..........................................................       —       
Balance at December 31, 2019 ......................................      18,868       
Net income .......................................................................       —       
Other comprehensive income ..........................................       —       
Equity compensation .......................................................       —       
Exercise of stock options .................................................      
70       
Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted 

—       
—       
829        —       
—       
—       
—        (10,553 )      —       
—       
22        326,208        486,442        3,629       (139,704 )     
—       
—        68,938        —       
—       
—       
—        —       
—       
—       
—       
—        —       
15,818       
—       
—       
—        —       
2,924       
—       

—       
1,845       

—        —       
—       
1       
—        349        (25,259 )     
—       
—       
—       
—        (10,540 )      —       
23        346,795        544,840        3,978       (164,963 )     
—       
—        54,959        —       
—       
—       
—        —       
—       
—       
—       
—        —       
17,555       
—       
—       
—        —       
2,652       
—       

(829 )     

—   
—        (10,553 ) 
(12,551 )     660,417   
—        68,938   
407   
—        15,818   
2,924   
—       

407       

—       
1   
—        (23,414 ) 
—        (10,540 ) 
(12,144 )     714,551   
—        54,959   
(1,962 ) 
—        17,555   
2,652   
—       

(1,962 )     

stock units ...................................................................      
Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks ............      
Cumulative-effect adjustments for adoption of 

389       
(417 )     

—       
—       

—       
2,056       

—        —       
—       
—        417        (31,782 )     

—       
—   
—        (29,726 ) 

accounting principle ....................................................       —       
Dividends declared ..........................................................       —       
Balance at December 31, 2020 ......................................      18,910     $ 

—       
—       
(513 )      —       
—       
—       
—        (10,555 )      —       
—       
23     $  369,058     $ 588,731        4,395     $ (196,745 )   $ 

—       
(513 ) 
—        (10,555 ) 
(14,106 )   $ 746,961   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-6 

 
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(in thousands) 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Years ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Net income ............................................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

54,959      $ 

68,938      $ 

61,400   

Bad debt expense ............................................................................................................    
Deferred income taxes .....................................................................................................    
Non-cash equity compensation .......................................................................................    
Depreciation and amortization ........................................................................................    
Non-cash lease expense ...................................................................................................    
Facilities consolidation reserve .......................................................................................    
Remeasurement of contingent acquisition liability .........................................................    
Amortization of debt issuance costs ................................................................................    
Impairment of long-lived assets ......................................................................................    
Other adjustments, net .....................................................................................................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions: 

Net contract assets and liabilities ..............................................................................    
Contract receivables ..................................................................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other assets .............................................................................    
Accounts payable ......................................................................................................    
Accrued salaries and benefits ....................................................................................    
Accrued subcontractors and other direct costs ..........................................................    
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..........................................................    
Income tax receivable and payable ...........................................................................    
Other liabilities .........................................................................................................    
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities .............................................................................    

4,062     
(1,865 )   
17,555     
33,748     
(2,307 )   
(288 )   
—     
710     
3,090     
964     

6,064     
54,384     
(5,410 )   
(51,177 )   
26,810     
32,544     
(18,198 )   
5,375     
12,125     
173,145     

624     
(123 )   
15,818     
28,182     
(1,247 )   
(274 )   
—     
507     
1,728     
181     

(11,963 )   
(31,300 )   
1,997     
31,949     
8,012     
(12,293 )   
(4,951 )   
(4,489 )   
144     
91,440     

2,480   
5,100   
11,506   
27,206   
523   
(260 ) 
505   
510   
—   
449   

(14,148 ) 
(60,096 ) 
(6,650 ) 
28,309   
(2,159 ) 
10,762   
11,120   
(2,063 ) 
176   
74,670   

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Capital expenditures for property and equipment and capitalized software ...........................    
Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired ......................................................    
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities .......................................................................................    

(17,683 )   
(253,265 )   
(270,948 )   

(26,901 )   
(3,569 )   
(30,470 )   

(21,812 ) 
(34,575 ) 
(56,387 ) 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Advances from working capital facilities ..............................................................................    
Payments on working capital facilities ..................................................................................    
Payments on capital expenditure obligations .........................................................................    
Receipt of restricted contract funds .......................................................................................    
Payment of restricted contract funds .....................................................................................    
Debt issue costs .....................................................................................................................    
Proceeds from exercise of options .........................................................................................    
Dividends paid .......................................................................................................................    
Net payments for stockholder issuances and buybacks .........................................................    
Payments on business acquisition liabilities ..........................................................................    
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities .............................................................    
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash ...........    

   1,020,451     
(870,114 )   
(1,712 )   
65,694     
(106 )   
(2,094 )   
37     
(10,551 )   
(29,726 )   
(1,924 )   
169,955     
3,353     

686,830     
(721,809 )   
(1,621 )   
—     
—     
—     
2,914     
(10,540 )   
(23,414 )   
—     
(67,640 )   
166     

573,991   
(579,817 ) 
(3,726 ) 
—   
—   
(21 ) 
5,842   
(7,915 ) 
(17,125 ) 
—   
(28,771 ) 
(792 ) 

Increase (Decrease) in Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash ...................................    
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash, Beginning of Period .....................................    
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash, End of Period ...............................................     $ 

75,505     
6,482     
81,987      $ 

(6,504 )   
12,986     

6,482      $ 

(11,280 ) 
24,266   
12,986   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Cash paid during the period for: 

Interest ................................................................................................................................     $ 

14,337      $ 

10,424      $ 

9,893   

Income taxes ......................................................................................................................     $ 

15,954      $ 

26,595      $ 

14,870   

Non-cash investing and financing transactions: 

Deferred and contingent consideration arising from businesses acquired ..........................     $ 
Capital expenditure obligations ..........................................................................................     $ 
Tenant improvements funded by lessor ..............................................................................     $ 
Exercise of options receivable from shareholders ..............................................................     $ 

—      $ 
—      $ 
3,124      $ 
2,615      $ 

—      $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 

8,391   
6,121   
—   
—   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. 

F-7 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(dollar amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share data) 

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS 

Basis of Presentation  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ICF International, Inc. (“ICFI”) and its 

principal subsidiary, ICF Consulting Group, Inc. (“Consulting,” and together with ICFI, “the Company”), and have been 
prepared in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Consulting is 
a wholly owned subsidiary of ICFI. ICFI is a holding company with no operations or assets other than its investment in the 
common stock of Consulting. All other subsidiaries of the Company are wholly owned by Consulting. All significant 
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

Nature of Operations 

The Company provides professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial 

clients, including management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting and implementation services, in the areas of 
energy, environment, and infrastructure; health, education, and social programs; safety and security; and consumer and 
financial. The Company offers a full range of services to these clients throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, program, 
project, or initiative, from research and analysis and assessment and advice to design and implementation of programs and 
technology-based solutions, and the provision of engagement services and programs. 

The Company’s major clients are U.S. federal government departments and agencies, most significantly the 

Department of Health and Human Services, Department of State, and Department of Defense. The Company also serves 
U.S. state (including territories) and local government departments and agencies, international governments, and 
commercial clients worldwide. Commercial clients include airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, health care 
companies, banks and other financial services companies, transportation, travel and hospitality firms, non-
profits/associations, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution companies. The term “federal” or “federal 
government” refers to the U.S. federal government, and “state and local” or “state and local government” refers to U.S. 
state (including territories) and local governments, unless otherwise indicated. 

The Company, incorporated in Delaware, is headquartered in Fairfax, Virginia. It maintains offices throughout the 

world, including over 56 offices in the U.S. and U.S. territories and more than 22 offices in key markets outside the U.S., 
including offices in the United Kingdom (“U.K.), Belgium, China, India and Canada. 

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at 
the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting 
periods. Areas of the consolidated financial statements where estimates may have the most significant effect include 
contractual and regulatory reserves, valuation and lives of tangible and intangible assets, contingent consideration related to 
business acquisitions, impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets, accrued liabilities, revenue recognition and costs to 
complete fixed-price contracts, bonus and other incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, reserves for tax 
benefits and valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, provisions for income taxes, collectability of receivables, and loss 
accruals for litigation. Actual results experienced by the Company may differ from management's estimates. 

Reclassifications 

Certain amounts in the December 31, 2019 balance sheet have been reclassified to conform to the current year 

presentation.   

As part of an amendment to the Credit Facility, as defined in Note 10 “Long-term Debt” below, the Company 
currently has both a term loan and a revolving debt facility within its Credit Facility. Previously, the unamortized debt 
issuance costs were included within Other assets in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company has reclassified 
unamortized debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2019 as Long-term debt for consistency of presentation. 

As part of recording the fair value of interest rate swaps, as defined in Note 19 “Fair Value” below, the Company 

has presented both a current and long-term component of the fair value of the interest rate swaps. Previously, the fair value 

F-8 

  
  
of the interest rate swaps was included in other long-term liabilities. The Company has reclassified the current portion of 
the fair value of the interest rate swaps to other current liabilities as of December 31, 2019 for consistency of presentation. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company primarily provides services and technology-based solutions for clients that operate in a variety of 

markets and the solutions may span the entire program life cycle, from initial research and analysis to the design and 
implementation of solutions. The Company enters into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and 
obligations and for which it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled as 
services and solutions are transferred to the client. Except in certain narrowly defined situations, the Company’s agreements 
with its clients are written and revenue is generally not recognized on oral or implied arrangements. The Company 
recognizes revenue based on the consideration specified in the applicable agreement and excludes from revenue amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties. Accordingly, sales and similar taxes which are collected on behalf of third parties are 
excluded from the transaction price.  

The Company evaluates whether two or more agreements should be accounted for as one single contract and 
whether combined or single agreements should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. For most 
contracts, the client requires the Company to perform a number of tasks in providing an integrated output for which the 
client has contracted, and, hence, contracts of this type are tracked as having only one performance obligation since a 
substantial part of the Company’s promise is to ensure the individual tasks are incorporated into a combined output in 
accordance with contract requirements. When contracts are separated into multiple performance obligations, the Company 
allocates the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices 
of the promised services underlying each performance obligation. The Company generally provides customized solutions in 
which the pricing is based on specific negotiations with each client, and, in these cases, the Company uses a cost-plus 
margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. It is common for the Company’s 
long-term contracts to contain award fees, incentive fees or other provisions that can either increase or decrease the 
transaction price. These variable amounts are generally awarded at the completion of a contractually stipulated performance 
assessment period based on the achievement of performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets, and the amount 
awarded may be subject to client discretion. Variable consideration is estimated based on the most likely amount.  Once the 
Company selects a method to estimate variable consideration, it applies that method consistently.  Estimates of variable 
consideration will be constrained only to the extent that it is probable that significant reversal in the amount of cumulative 
revenue recognized will not occur. 

The Company evaluates contractual arrangements to determine whether revenue should be recognized on a gross 

versus net basis. The Company’s assessment is based on the nature of the promise to the client. In most cases, the Company 
itself agrees to provide specified services to the client as a principal and revenue is recognized on a gross basis. In certain 
instances, the Company acts as an agent and merely arranges for another party to provide services to the client and revenue 
is recognized on a net basis in reflection of the fact that the Company does not control the goods or services provided to the 
client by the other party. 

Long-term contracts typically contain billing terms that provide for invoicing monthly or upon completion of 
milestones,  and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that the Company 
performs satisfactorily rather than representing a significant financing component. For cost-based contracts the Company’s 
performance is evaluated during a contractually stipulated performance period and, while contract costs may be billed on a 
monthly basis, the Company is generally permitted to bill for incentive or award fees only after the completion of the 
performance assessment period, which may occur quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and after the client completes the 
performance assessment. Fixed-price contracts may provide for milestone billings based on the attainment of specific 
project objectives rather than for billing on a monthly basis. Moreover, contracts may require retentions or hold backs that 
are paid at the end of the contract to ensure that the Company performs in accordance with requirements. The Company 
does not assess whether a contract contains a significant financing component if the Company expects, at contract 
inception, that the period between payment by the client and the transfer of promised services to the client will be one year 
or less. 

As a service provider, the Company generally recognizes revenue over time as control is transferred to a client, 
based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation. The selection of the method used to 
measure progress requires judgment and is dependent, among other factors, on the contract type selected by the client 
during contract negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  

When a performance obligation is billed using a time-and-materials contract type, the Company uses the right to 

invoice practical expedient output progress measure to estimate revenue earned based on hours worked in contract 
performance at negotiated billing rates. Fixed-price level-of-effort contracts are substantially similar to time-and-materials 
contracts except that the Company is required to deliver a specified level of effort over a stated period of time. For these 

F-9 

contracts, the Company estimates revenue earned using contract hours worked at negotiated bill rates as the Company 
delivers the contractually required workforce.  

For cost-based contracts, the Company recognizes revenue based on contract costs incurred, as the Company 
becomes contractually entitled to reimbursement of the contract costs, plus a most likely estimate of award or incentive fees 
earned on those costs even though final determination of fees earned occurs after the contractually-stipulated performance 
assessment period ends.  

For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the Company uses the ratio of 

actual costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input method) represents a reasonable 
measure of progress towards the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total revenue 
earned. This method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of value to the client when the Company is satisfying a 
performance obligation that entails integration of tasks for a combined output, which requires the Company to coordinate 
the work of employees, subcontractors and delivery of other contract costs. Contract costs that are not reflective of the 
Company’s progress toward satisfying a performance obligation are not included in the calculation of the measure of 
progress. When this method is used, changes in estimated costs to complete these obligations result in adjustments to 
revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis, which causes the effect of revised estimates for prior periods to be recognized in 
the current period. Changes in these estimates can routinely occur over contract performance for a variety of reasons, which 
include: changes in contract scope; changes in contract cost estimates due to unanticipated cost growth or reassessments of 
risks impacting costs; changes in estimated incentive or award fees; or performing better or worse than previously 
estimated.  

In some fixed price service contracts, the Company performs services of a recurring nature, such as maintenance 
and other services of a “stand ready” nature. For these contracts, the Company has the right to consideration in an amount 
that corresponds directly with the value that the client has received. Therefore, the Company records revenue on a time 
elapsed basis to reflect the transfer of control to the client throughout the contract.   

Contracts are often modified to reflect changes in contract specifications and requirements, and these changes may 

create new enforceable rights and obligations. Most modifications are for services that are not distinct from the existing 
agreement due to the significant integration service that the Company provides. Therefore, most modifications are 
accounted for as part of an existing performance obligation. The effect of these modifications on transaction price, and the 
Company’s measure of progress in fulfilling the performance obligation to which they relate, may be recognized as an 
adjustment to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis. Revenue from modifications that create new, distinct performance 
obligations is recognized based on the Company’s progress in fulfilling the requirements of the new obligation.   

For contracts in which the estimated cost to perform exceeds the consideration to be received, the Company accrues 

for the entire estimated loss during the period in which the loss is determined by recording additional direct costs.  

For performance obligations that are satisfied over time, the Company recognizes the cost to fulfill contracts as 
incurred, unless the costs are within the scope of another topic in which case the guidance of that topic is applied. The 
Company evaluates incremental costs of obtaining a contract and, if they are recoverable from the client and relate to a 
specific future contract, they are deferred and recognized over contract performance or the estimated life of the customer 
relationship if renewals are expected. The Company expenses these costs when incurred if the amortization period is one 
year or less.  

Unfulfilled performance obligations represent amounts expected to be earned on contracts and do not include the 
value of negotiated, unexercised contract options, which are classified as marketing offers. Indefinite delivery/indefinite 
quantity and similar arrangements provide a framework for the client to issue specific tasks, delivery or purchase orders in 
the future and these arrangements are considered marketing offers until a specific order is executed. 

Revenue recognition entails the use of significant judgment, including, but not limited to, the following: evaluating 

agreements in terms of the number and nature of performance obligations; determining the appropriate method for 
measuring progress to satisfaction of obligations; determining if the Company is acting as a principal or an agent, and 
preparing estimates in terms of the amount of progress that the Company has made. For many fixed-price contracts, in 
particular, the Company estimates the proportion of total revenue earned using the ratio of contract costs incurred to total 
estimated contract costs, which requires the Company to prepare and, as necessary, revise estimates, as work progresses, of 
the total contract costs required to satisfy each respective performance obligation. Moreover, some of the Company’s 
contracts include variable consideration, which requires the Company to estimate and, as necessary, revise the most likely 
amounts that will be earned over the respective performance assessment periods. For these obligations, changes in estimates 
result in cumulative catch-up adjustments and may have a significant impact on earnings during a given period.    

The Company’s operating cycle for long-term contracts may be greater than one year and is measured by the 
average time intervening between the inception and the completion of those contracts. Contract-related assets and liabilities 

F-10 

are classified as current assets and current liabilities. Significant balance sheet accounts related to the revenue recognition 
cycle are as follows:  

Contract receivables, net – This account includes amounts billed or billable under contract terms. The amounts due 

are stated at their net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the 
estimated amount of receivables that will not be collected. The Company considers a number of factors in its estimate of the 
allowance, including knowledge of a client’s financial condition, its historical collection experience, and other factors 
relevant to assessing the collectability of the receivables. The Company writes off specific contract receivables when such 
amounts are determined to be uncollectible. 

Contract assets – This account includes unbilled amounts typically resulting from revenue recognized on long-term 
contracts when the amount of revenue recognized exceeds the amounts billed. It also includes contract retainages until the 
Company has met the contract-stipulated requirements for payment. Contract assets are reported in a net position on a 
contract by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations. On a 
contract by contract basis, amounts do not exceed their net realizable value. 

Contract liabilities – This account consists of advance payments received and billings in excess of revenue 

recognized on long-term contracts. Contact liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis each 
period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months 

or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash 

The Company had restricted cash representing amounts held in escrow accounts and/or not readily available due to 

contractual restrictions. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated 
useful lives, which range from two to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the 
shorter of the economic life of the improvement or the related lease term.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible 

assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. 
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible 
assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are 
reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with estimable useful 
lives are amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise. 

Impairment 

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 of each year. As its business is highly 

integrated and all of its components have similar economic characteristics, the Company has concluded it has one 
aggregated reporting unit at the consolidated entity level. The Company assesses goodwill at the reporting level. If, after 
opting to complete a qualitative assessment, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair 
value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, it may conclude that no impairment exists. If the Company 
concludes otherwise, a goodwill impairment test must be performed, which includes a comparison of the reporting unit’s 
fair value to the carrying amount and recognizing, as an impairment loss, the difference of the reporting unit’s fair value 
and the carrying amount of goodwill. 

The Company’s qualitative analysis as of October 1, 2020 included macroeconomic, industry and market specific 

considerations, financial performance indicators and measurements, and other factors. Based on this qualitative assessment, 
the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, 
and thus any additional quantitative impairment test was not required to be performed. Therefore, based on management’s 
review, a goodwill impairment loss was not required for 2020. Historically, the Company has not recorded any goodwill 
impairment losses. 

F-11 

 
 
Long-Lived Assets 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, operating lease right-of-use 
(“ROU”) assets, and amortizable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the total of the expected undiscounted future net 
cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the long-lived asset being evaluated, a loss is recognized for any excess of the 
carrying amount over the fair value of the asset. The Company recognized impairment expense, included in indirect and 
selling expenses, of $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 related to certain ROU assets and $1.7 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2019 related to intangible assets associated with a historical business acquisition.  

Leases 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease 

ROU assets and operating lease liabilities (current and non-current) on the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease 
ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments 
as of the commencement date. Since most lease agreements do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its 
incremental borrowing rate as of the commencement date in estimating the present value of future payments. The operating 
lease ROU asset is based on the present value of future lease payments and excludes impacts from lease incentives and 
initial costs incurred to obtain the lease. At the lease commencement date, the Company estimates its collateralized 
incremental borrowing rate based on publicly available yields adjusted for Company-specific considerations and the 
Company's varying lease terms in determining the present value of future payments. Lease terms, for the purposes of 
determining each lease’s present value, include options to extend or terminate the lease if it is reasonably certain and 
economically reasonable that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  

The Company uses leases to obtain use of a variety of different resources, including those for the use of facilities or 

equipment. These agreements may contain both lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for 
separately. For office equipment leases (primarily copier leases), the Company elected to account for the lease and non-
lease components as a single lease component and not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a term not 
greater than twelve months. 

Capitalized Software 

The Company capitalizes certain costs to develop enhancements and upgrades to internal-use software that are 
incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage. Amortization expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the 
expected economic life of the software or the service contract, typically lasting three to five years.  As of December 31, 
2020, and 2019, capitalized software costs were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Stock-based Compensation 

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense related to share-based payments to employees, 
including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and cash-settled 
restricted stock units (“CSRSUs”) on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting 
period. The Company recognizes expense for performance-based share awards (“PSAs”), which have both performance 
requirements and vesting conditions, on a straight-line basis over the three-year performance period. Non-employee 
director awards, which do not include vesting conditions, are for board-related services and therefore expensed when 
earned. 

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the instruments on award and the 
estimated number of shares the Company ultimately expects will vest.  The Company estimates the rate of future forfeitures 
based on factors which include the historical forfeiture experience for each applicable employee class under the assumption 
that the rate of future forfeitures will be similar to that experienced in the past. In addition, the estimation of PSAs that will 
ultimately vest requires judgment based on the performance and market conditions that will be achieved over the 
performance period. Changes to these estimates are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.  

The fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards, RSUs, PSAs, and non-employee director awards is 
estimated based on the fair value of a share of common stock at the grant date. The Company has elected to use the Black-
Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The fair value of PSAs is estimated using 
a Monte Carlo simulation model. 

CSRSUs are settled only in cash payments. The cash payment is based on the fair value of the Company’s stock 

price at the vesting date, calculated by multiplying the number of CSRSUs vested by the Company’s closing stock price on 
the vesting date, subject to a maximum payment cap and a minimum payment floor. The Company treats these awards as 

F-12 

liability-classified awards, and, therefore, accounts for them at fair value estimated based on the closing price of the 
Company’s stock at the reporting date. 

Derivative Instruments 

Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value 

as of the reporting date, and the effective portion of the hedge is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) on the 
consolidated statements of comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the period that the hedged instruments 
affect earnings.  Management reviews the effectiveness of the hedges on a quarterly basis. 

Income Taxes 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary 

differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company evaluates its ability to benefit from all deferred tax assets 
and establishes valuation allowances for amounts it believes will more likely than not be unrealizable. For uncertain tax 
positions, the Company uses a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax 
position taken. Income tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured in order to 
determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. Penalties, if probable and reasonably estimable, and 
interest expense related to uncertain tax positions are not recognized as a component of income tax expense but recorded 
separately in indirect expenses and interest expense, respectively. 

Treasury Shares 

Treasury shares are accounted for under the cost method. 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Other comprehensive income (loss) represents foreign currency translation adjustments arising from the use of 

differing exchange rates from period to period, the gain on the sale of an interest rate hedge agreement designated as a cash 
flow hedge, and the changes in fair value of interest rate agreements designated as cash flow hedges, net of taxes. The 
financial positions and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are based on the local currency as the 
functional currency and are translated to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities of the 
subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated 
at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other 
comprehensive loss included in stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.    

Segment, Customer and Geographic Information 

The Company operates in one segment based on the consolidated information used by its chief operating decision 
maker in evaluating the financial performance of its business and allocating resources. This single segment represents the 
Company’s core business, which is providing professional services for government and commercial clients. Although the 
Company disaggregates its revenue by client market areas and type, the Company does not manage its business or allocate 
resources based on client market or type.  

Approximately $667.0 million, $561.0 million, and $546.5 million of the Company’s revenue for the years 2020, 

2019, and 2018, respectively, was derived under prime contracts and subcontracts with agencies and departments of the 
federal government representing 44%, 38%, and 41% of total revenue, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% 
or more of the Company’s revenue during the years ended 2020, 2019, and 2018.  

The Company’s international operations provide services to both commercial and international government clients. 

Revenue is attributed to a particular geographic area based on the administrative location of the client that awarded the 
contract. The Company’s revenue generated from international clients as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 
13%, 8%, and 13% for the years 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.  

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, long-lived assets held internationally were 15% and 17% of total long-lived 

assets, respectively.  

F-13 

  
 
 
Risks and Uncertainties 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of 

cash and cash equivalents and contract receivables. The Company’s domestic bank accounts are insured up to $250,000 by 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The majority of the Company’s cash transactions are processed through one 
U.S. commercial bank. Cash held domestically in excess of daily requirements is used to reduce any amounts outstanding 
under the Company’s Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company held approximately $81.5 million 
and $7.1 million, respectively, of cash and restricted cash in foreign bank accounts (not including outstanding deposits and 
checks). To date, the Company has not incurred losses related to cash and cash equivalents. 

The Company’s receivables consist principally of amounts due from agencies and departments of the federal 

government, state and local governments, and international governments, as well as from commercial organizations. The 
credit risk, with respect to federal and other government clients, is limited due to the creditworthiness of the respective 
governmental entity. Amounts due for work performed as a subcontractor to a commercial organization also represent 
limited credit risk when the commercial client is performing as the prime contractor on a government contract due to the 
ultimate creditworthiness of the end client. Receivables from commercial clients generally pose a greater credit risk, and, as 
a result, are subject to ongoing monitoring. The Company extends credit in the normal course of operations and does not 
require collateral from its clients. 

The Company has historically been, and continues to be, heavily dependent on contracts with the federal 
government which are subject to audit by agencies and departments of the federal government. Such audits determine, 
among other things, whether an adjustment to invoices previously rendered are required under regulations as well as the 
underlying terms of each respective contract. Management does not expect significant adjustments as a result of 
government audits that will adversely affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted 

Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract 

In August 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 

(“ASU”) 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40). The standard aligns the 
requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is considered a service contract 
with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The 
standard also requires the entity to expense the capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement over the term of 
the hosting arrangement and present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs in the same line item in the 
statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting arrangement. The Company adopted the standard in the first 
quarter of 2020 and the standard was implemented using the prospective method. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-
15 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments  

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of 

Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard, as amended, requires companies to measure credit losses by using a 
methodology that reflects the expected credit losses based on historical information, current economic conditions, and 
reasonable and supportable information. The Company adopted the standard in the first quarter of 2020 utilizing a 
modified-retrospective transition approach that required a cumulative-effect adjustment of $0.5 million to the opening 
retained earnings in the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity as of the date of the adoption. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

Reference Rate Reform  

In March 2020, FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial 
Reporting. The standard is intended to provide temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the U.S. GAAP guidance 
on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market 
transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference 
rates. The provisions of this ASU are elective and apply to all entities, subject to meeting certain criteria, that have debt or 
hedging contracts, among other contracts, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued 
because of reference rate reform. The Company can elect to not apply certain modification accounting requirements to 
contracts affected by reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. Also, the Company can elect various optional 
expedients that would allow for the Company to continue to apply hedge accounting for hedging relationships affected by 
reference rate reform, if certain criteria are met. This guidance was effective beginning on March 12, 2020, and the 

F-14 

Company may elect to apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022. The Company is currently 
evaluating the impact of the transition from LIBOR to alternative reference interest rates but does not expect a significant 
impact to its operating results, financial position or cash flows. 

NOTE 3 - RESTRICTED CASH 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the 

consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019 to the total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in 
the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018: 

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................    $ 
Restricted cash - current (1) ..........................................      
Restricted cash - non-current ................................      
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
shown in the consolidated statement of cash 
flows ...............................................................  

$ 

2020 

2019 
  Beginning      Ending      Beginning      Ending      Beginning      Ending    
6,482     $  13,841     $  11,694     $  6,482     $  11,809     $  11,694   
—   
1,292   

—        68,146       
—       
—       

11,191       
1,266       

—       
1,292       

—       
—       

2018 

6,482     $  81,987     $  12,986     $  6,482     $  24,266     $  12,986   

(1) 

Restricted cash – current at the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2018 represents amounts held in an escrow account for the acquisition of The Future 
Customer (“TFC”).   

Under a contract with a customer commencing in the final quarter of fiscal year 2020, the Company received 
advance payments to be used to pay providers of service to the customer, a separate third-party. The advanced payments are 
treated as restricted cash - current as the Company is required under the contract to distribute the advanced funds to the 
third-party providers or return the advanced funds to the customer. Because the Company receives the advance payments 
from the customer, which must be refunded to the customer or remitted to a third party, the cash receipts are treated as 
borrowings rather than receipts for the provision of goods or services. Therefore, these cash receipts are presented in the 
consolidated statement of cash flows as financing cash inflows, “receipt of restricted contract funds”, with the subsequent 
payments classified as financing cash outflows, “payment of restricted contract funds.” See Note 9 – Accrued Expenses and 
Other Liabilities for corresponding liability. 

NOTE 4 - CONTRACT RECEIVABLES 

Contract receivables consisted of the following:  

Billed receivables .....................................................................................................     $ 
Allowance for doubtful accounts ..............................................................................       
Contract receivables, net ..........................................................................................     $ 

230,466      $ 
(7,616 )      
222,850      $ 

264,682   
(3,506 ) 
261,176   

December 31, 
2020 

December 31, 
2019 

NOTE 5 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31: 

Leasehold improvements ...........................................................................................     $ 
Software ....................................................................................................................       
Furniture and equipment ...........................................................................................       
Computers .................................................................................................................       

Accumulated depreciation and amortization .............................................................       
Total property and equipment, net ..........................................................................     $ 

2020 

2019 

35,683      $ 
53,001        
28,772        
40,158        
157,614        
(95,180 )      
62,434      $ 

25,882   
52,343   
29,437   
38,014   
145,676   
(87,439 ) 
58,237   

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was approximately 

$20.4 million, $20.1 million, and $17.2 million, respectively. 

F-15 

  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
 
 
NOTE 6 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended December 31 were as follows: 

2020 

2019 

Balance as of January 1 .............................................................................................     $ 
Goodwill resulting from business combination - ITG ...............................................       
Goodwill resulting from business combination - DMS Disaster Consultants ...........       
Goodwill resulting from business combination - We Are Vista ................................       
Goodwill resulting from business combination - Olson (1) ................................................       
Effect of foreign currency translation ........................................................................       
Balance as of December 31 .......................................................................................     $ 

719,934      $ 
188,253        
—        
—        
—        
1,726        
909,913      $ 

715,644   
—   
(50 ) 
(370 ) 
3,047   
1,663   
719,934   

1) 

In 2019, the Company recorded changes to goodwill representing an immaterial correction of an error for income tax balances related to acquired assets and liabilities 
from the business combination that occurred in 2014.  These balances were not significant to our previously reported financial position.  

Other Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets with definite lives are primarily amortized over periods ranging from approximately 1 to 10 years. 
The weighted-average period of amortization for all intangible assets, calculated as of December 31, 2020, is 8.5 years. The 
customer-related intangible assets, which consist of customer contracts, backlog, and non-contractual customer 
relationships, are being amortized based on estimated cash flows and respective estimated economic benefit of the assets. 
The weighted-average period of amortization of the customer-related intangibles calculated as of December 31, 2020 is 8.5 
years. Intangible assets related to developed technology are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a weighted-
average period, calculated as of December 31, 2020, of 4.8 years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life consist of a 
domain name. 

Other intangibles consisted of the following at December 31:     

2020 

Gross 
Carrying 
Value 

Accumulated 
Amortization      

Net Carrying 
Value 

Customer-related ....................................     $ 
Developed technology ............................       
Total amortizable intangible assets ........       
Intangible with indefinite life .................       
Total other intangible assets ................     $ 

142,849      $ 
733        
143,582        
95        
143,677      $ 

(83,137 )    $ 
(653 )      
(83,790 )      
—        
(83,790 )    $ 

59,712   
80   
59,792   
95   
59,887   

2019 

Gross 
Carrying 
Value 

Accumulated 
Amortization      

Net Carrying 
Value 

Customer-related ....................................     $ 
Developed technology ............................       
Total amortizable intangible assets ........       
Intangible with indefinite life .................       
Total other intangible assets ................     $ 

95,038      $ 
733        
95,771        
95        
95,866      $ 

(69,425 )    $ 
(612 )      
(70,037 )      
—        
(70,037 )    $ 

25,613   
121   
25,734   
95   
25,829   

F-16 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
Aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, was approximately $13.3 

million, $8.1 million, and $10.0 million, respectively. The Company recognized impairment expense, included in indirect 
and selling expense, of $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2019 related to the intangible asset associated with a historical 
business acquisition. The estimated future amortization expense relating to intangible assets is as follows:  

Year ending December 31, 
2021 ..........................................................................................................     $ 
2022 ..........................................................................................................       
2023 ..........................................................................................................       
2024 ..........................................................................................................       
2025 ..........................................................................................................       
Thereafter .................................................................................................       
Total ......................................................................................................     $ 

12,049   
11,727   
11,339   
10,856   
6,904   
6,917   
59,792   

NOTE 7 – LEASES 

The Company has operating leases for facilities and equipment which have remaining terms ranging from 1 to 13 

years. The leases may include options to extend the lease periods for up to 5 years at rates approximating market rates 
and/or options to terminate the leases within 1 year. The leases may include a residual value guarantee or a responsibility to 
return the property to its original state of use. A limited number of leases contain provisions that provide for rental 
increases based on consumer price indices. The change in rent expense resulting from changes in these indices are included 
within variable rent.  

Operating leases consisted of the following at December 31, 2020: 

Real estate facilities ...........................................................................    $ 
Office equipment ...............................................................................      
Other .................................................................................................      

Amortization of right-of-use assets ...................................................      
Total operating lease right-of-use assets ...........................................    $ 

December 31, 
2020 

157,010   
1,864   
580   
159,454   
(32,322 ) 
127,132   

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  Rent expense consists of the following: 

Operating lease costs .......................................................................................     $ 
Short-term lease costs ......................................................................................       
Variable lease costs .........................................................................................       
Total rent expense .........................................................................................     $ 

37,874      $ 
1,421        
53        
39,348      $ 

36,210   
2,153   
77   
38,440   

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

F-17 

  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2020 were as follows: 

December 31, 2021 .........................................................................................         
December 31, 2022 .........................................................................................         
December 31, 2023 .........................................................................................         
December 31, 2024 .........................................................................................         
December 31, 2025 .........................................................................................         
Thereafter ........................................................................................................         
Total future minimum lease payments ..........................................................         
Less:  Interest ................................................................................................         
Total operating lease liabilities ..................................................................         

December 31, 
2020 

     $ 

     $ 

27,417   
38,691   
20,835   
17,208   
13,603   
37,314   
155,068   
(16,104 ) 
138,964   

Operating lease liabilities - current ..................................................................     $ 
Operating lease liabilities - non-current ..........................................................       
Total operating lease liabilities .....................................................................     $ 

23,350      $ 
115,614        
138,964      $ 

32,500   
119,250   
151,750   

Other information related to operating leases is as follows: 

   December 31, 2020       

December 31, 
2019 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from operating leases .................................................    $ 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities ..    $ 
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases .............................      
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases .........................................      

41,025      $ 
29,790      $ 
5.9        
3.4 %     

36,907   
31,123   
5.1   
3.7 % 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had an additional operating lease that had not yet commenced with a 

potential operating lease liability of $118.5 million.  The operating lease has a lease term of 18 years and is anticipated to 
commence on March 2022 when the Company will take possession of the property and commence any required buildout.  

Rent expense, for periods prior to the adoption of the new lease standard, is recognized on a straight-line basis over 

the lease term, net of sublease payments. Rent expense consists of the following for the year ended December 31: 

Rent ...................................................................................................    $ 
Sublease income ................................................................................      
Total rent expense ..........................................................................    $ 

2018 

34,924   
(45 ) 
34,879   

F-18 

  
       
     
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
       
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTE 8 - ACCRUED SALARIES AND BENEFITS 

Accrued salaries and benefits consisted of the following at December 31: 

2020 

2019 

Accrued bonuses, liability-classified awards, and commissions ...............     $ 
Accrued salaries ........................................................................................       
Accrued paid time off and leave ................................................................       
Social security tax deferral ........................................................................       
Accrued medical ........................................................................................       
Accrued payroll taxes and withholdings ...................................................       
Other ..........................................................................................................       
Total accrued salaries and benefits .........................................................     $ 

24,464      $ 
21,282        
15,046        
10,457        
3,238        
1,033        
4,992        
80,512      $ 

NOTE 9 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31: 

2020 

2019 

Deposits ...................................................................................................     $ 
Restricted contract funds .........................................................................       
Accrued IT and software licensing costs .................................................       
Accrued taxes and insurance premiums ..................................................       
Accrued facilities rental and lease exit costs ...........................................       
Accrued interest .......................................................................................       
Accrued professional services .................................................................       
Accrued dividends ...................................................................................       
Contingent and contractual liabilities from acquisitions .........................       
Interest rate swap liability - current .........................................................       
Other accrued expenses and current liabilities ........................................       
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities .............................     $ 

NOTE 10 - LONG-TERM DEBT 

9,881      $ 
68,138        
2,157        
4,327        
780        
214        
2,094        
2,641        
683        
3,693        
6,300        
100,908      $ 

17,660   
16,170   
12,157   
—   
3,063   
930   
2,150   
52,130   

9,608   
—   
3,983   
3,498   
1,223   
693   
3,929   
2,639   
2,700   
1,069   
7,469   
36,811   

On March 3, 2020, the Company entered into the First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Fifth Amended 

and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement with a group of ten commercial banks (the “Credit Facility”). The 
First Amendment amended the Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement, entered into on May 
17, 2017, to, among other things, (i) add a new term loan facility in the original principal amount of $200.0 million; (ii) 
increase the swing line commitment amount by $25.0 million to $75.0 million; (iii) extend the maturity date; and (iv) 
modify certain definitions and certain covenants. As a result, the Credit Facility now consists of (i) a term loan facility of 
$200.0 million; (ii) a revolving line of credit of up to $600.0 million with additional revolving credit commitments of up to 
$300.0 million, subject to lenders’ approval (the “Accordion”); and (iii) a sub-limit of $75.0 million for swing line loans. 
The Credit Facility matures on March 3, 2025. 

The Company has the option to borrow funds under the Credit Facility at interest rates based on both LIBOR (1, 3, 

or 6-month rates) and the Base Rate (as defined herein), at its discretion, plus their applicable margins. Base Rates are 
fluctuating per annum rates of interest equal to the highest of (i) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate, plus 0.5%, (ii) the 
Prime Rate (as defined under the Credit Facility), and (iii) the daily LIBOR rate, plus a LIBOR margin of between 1.00% 
and 2.00% based on our Leverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility. On December 31, 2020, our LIBOR based 
borrowing rate was 1.89%, including a LIBOR margin of 1.75%. The interest accrued based on LIBOR rates is to be paid 
on the last business day of the interest period (1, 3, or 6 months), while interest accrued based on the Base Rates is to be 
paid in quarterly installments. The Credit Facility provides for letters of credit aggregating up to $60.0 million which 
reduce the funds available under the Credit Facility when issued. The unused portion of the Credit Facility was subject to a 
commitment fee of between 0.13% and 0.25% per annum. Based on our Leverage Ratio that amount was 0.20% per annum 
at December 31, 2020 and 0.15% per annum at December 31, 2019. 

F-19 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
The Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and requires that the Company 

remain in compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require, among other 
things, that the Company maintain at all times an Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility) of not less 
than 3.00 to 1.00 and a Leverage Ratio of not more than 4.00 to 1.00 (subject to a step-up to 4.25 to 1.0 for a four quarter 
period following permitted acquisitions as defined under the Credit Facility) for each fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 
2020, the Company had elected to step up its leverage ratio covenant and was in compliance with its covenants under the 
Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also has a conforming dividend covenant that allows the Company to pay dividends as 
long as we remain compliant within our covenants. 

 As of December 31, 2020, the available borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility (excluding the accordion) 

was $474.0 million. Taking into account the financial and performance-based limitations, the available borrowing capacity 
(excluding the accordion) was $276.1 million as of December 31, 2020. 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, long-term debt consisted of the following:  

December 31, 2020 

December 31, 2019 

Average 

Interest Rate     

Outstanding 
Balance 

Average 

Interest Rate     

Outstanding 
Balance 

Term Loan .............................................................       
Revolving Credit ...................................................       
Total before debt issuance costs ............................    
Unamortized debt issuance costs ...........................       

2.35% 

Current portion of long-term debt .........................       
Long-term debt - non-current ................................       

3.59% 

       $ 

       $ 

       $ 

       $ 

192,500        
123,281        
315,781     

(2,567 )      
313,214        

10,000        
303,214        
313,214        

       $ 

       $ 

       $ 

       $ 

—   
165,444   
165,444   
(1,183 ) 
164,261   

—   
164,261   
164,261   

Future scheduled repayments of term loan principal are as follows: 

Payments due by 

   Term Loan 

Revolving 
Credit 

Total 

December 31, 2021 .............................................................     $ 
December 31, 2022 .............................................................       
December 31, 2023 .............................................................       
December 31, 2024 .............................................................       
December 31, 2025 .............................................................       
Thereafter ............................................................................       
Total ....................................................................................     $ 

10,000      $ 
10,000        
13,750        
15,000        
143,750        

—          
192,500      $ 

—      $ 
—        
—        
—        
123,281        

123,281      $ 

10,000   
10,000   
13,750   
15,000   
267,031   
—   
315,781   

Debt Issuance Cost 

The Company’s debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of indebtedness. The balance of net debt issuance 

costs at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows: 

Amortizable debt issuance costs ..............................................................     $ 
Accumulated amortization ......................................................................    
Net debt issuance costs ............................................................................     $ 

2020 

2019 

8,751      $ 
(6,184 )   
2,567      $ 

6,921   
(5,738 ) 
1,183   

Amortization of debt issuance costs totaling $0.7 million, $0.5 million, and $0.5 million was recorded for each of 

the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and was included as part of interest expense. 

Letters of Credit 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had ten and nine outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately 

$2.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. These letters of credit are renewed annually.   

F-20 

  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
         
         
       
       
         
         
  
     
  
     
         
         
         
    
         
         
  
     
  
     
     
  
       
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
NOTE 11 – REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Disaggregation of Revenue  

The Company disaggregates revenue from clients, most of which is earned over time, into categories that depict 

how the nature, amount and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Those categories are 
client market, client type and contract mix. Client markets provide insight into the breadth of the Company’s expertise. In 
classifying revenue by client market, the Company attributes revenue from a client to the market that the Company believes 
is the client’s primary market. The Company also classifies revenue by the type of entity for which it does business, which 
is an indicator of the diversity of its client base. The Company attributes revenue generated as a subcontractor to a 
commercial company as government revenue when the ultimate client is a government agency or department. 
Disaggregation by contract mix provides insight in terms of the degree of performance risk that the Company has assumed. 
Fixed-price contracts are considered to provide the highest amount of performance risk as the Company is required to 
deliver a scope of work or level of effort for a negotiated fixed price. Time-and-materials contracts require the Company to 
provide skilled employees on contracts for negotiated fixed hourly rates. Since the Company is not required to deliver a 
scope of work, but merely skilled employees, it considers these contracts to be less risky than a fixed-price agreement. 
Cost-based contracts are considered to provide the lowest amount of performance risk since the Company is generally 
reimbursed for all contract costs incurred in performance of contract deliverables with only the amount of incentive or 
award fees (if applicable) dependent on the achievement of negotiated performance requirements.   

2020 

Year ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

Client Markets: 

Energy, environment, and infrastructure ......................  $ 
Health, education, and social programs ........................    
Safety and security........................................................    
Consumer and financial ................................................    
Total ...........................................................................  $ 

616,296      $ 
670,618        
117,979        
101,982        
1,506,875      $ 

663,799      $ 
567,351        
118,279        
129,096        
1,478,525      $ 

564,736   
535,578   
111,660   
125,999   
1,337,973   

2020 

Year ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

Client Type: 

U.S. federal government ...............................................  $ 
U.S. state and local government ...................................    
International government ..............................................    
Total Government ......................................................    
Commercial ................................................................    
Total ........................................................................  $ 

666,961      $ 
222,730        
95,734        
985,425        
521,450        
1,506,875      $ 

560,953      $ 
279,833        
122,125        
962,911        
515,614        
1,478,525      $ 

546,050   
183,900   
122,186   
852,136   
485,837   
1,337,973   

2020 

Year ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

Contract Mix: 

Time-and-materials .......................................................  $ 
Fixed-price ....................................................................    
Cost-based ....................................................................    
Total ...........................................................................  $ 

749,844      $ 
529,157        
227,874        
1,506,875      $ 

700,980      $ 
566,299        
211,246        
1,478,525      $ 

581,446   
526,751   
229,776   
1,337,973   

F-21 

  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
  
   
 
 
Contract Balances: 

Contract assets consist primarily of unbilled amounts resulting from contracts when revenue recognized exceeds the 

amount billed due to billing schedule timing. Contract liabilities result from advance payments received on a contract or 
from billings in excess of revenue recognized on contracts due to billing schedule timing. The $3.6 million decrease in the 
Company’s net contract assets is due to a decline in international marketing services, which were impacted by COVID-19, 
and decreases in hurricane relief and rebuild work for U.S. state and local governments offset by an increase in U.S. federal 
government work, which are part of the contracts acquired under the ITG acquisition, and an increase in our international 
government work. There were no material changes to contract balances due to impairments or business combinations 
during the period. During the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized $24.7 million and $23.0 
million in revenue related to the contract liabilities balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Contract assets .................................................................  $ 
Contract liabilities ...........................................................    
Net contract assets ........................................................  $ 

143,369      $ 
(42,050 )      
101,319      $ 

142,337      $ 
(37,413 )      
104,924      $ 

1,032   
(4,637 ) 
(3,605 ) 

December 31,  
2020 

December 31, 
2019 

Change 

Performance Obligations:  

The Company had $1.7 billion in unfulfilled performance obligations as of December 31, 2020, which primarily 

entail the future delivery of services for which revenue will be recognized over time. The obligations relate to continued or 
additional services required on contracts and were generally valued using an estimated cost-plus margin approach, with 
variable consideration being estimated at the most likely amount.  The Company expects to satisfy these performance 
obligations, on average, in one to two years.  

NOTE 12 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

The Company uses interest rate swap arrangements (the “Swaps”) to manage or hedge its interest rate risk. 
Notwithstanding the terms of the Swaps, the Company is ultimately obligated for all amounts due and payable under the 
Credit Facility. The Company does not use such instruments for speculative or trading purposes.  

The Company designated the Swaps as cash flow hedges. Derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated 

balance sheets at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are reported in other 
comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) and reclassified to earnings in a manner that matches the timing of the earnings 
impact of the hedged transactions. Management intends that the Swaps remain effective and, on a quarterly basis, evaluates 
them to determine their effectiveness or ineffectiveness and records the change in fair value as an adjustment to other 
comprehensive income or loss.  

On February 20, 2020, the Company entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap for an aggregate notional 
amount of $100.0 million to hedge a portion of the Company’s variable rate indebtedness. The Company designated the 
swap as a cash flow hedge. The swap requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 1.294% per annum on the notional 
amount starting on February 28, 2020 to February 28, 2025. The floating-to-fixed interest rate settles monthly during the 
period of the cash flows and the realized gains and losses from the swap are recognized as a component of interest expense.  

A summary of Swaps designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2020 are as follows: 

Date of Interest Rate Swap Agreement 
September 30, 2016 (1) 
August 31, 2017 
August 8, 2018 
August 8, 2018 

Notional Amount 
($million) 
$100.0 
$25.0 
$50.0 
$25.0 

Paid Fixed 
Interest 
Rate% 
- 
1.8475% 
2.8540% 
2.8510% 

February 20, 2020 

$100.0 

1.2940% 

   Dates of Effected Cash Flows 

Ending 

   Beginning 
  January 31, 2018   January 31, 2023 
   August 31, 2018   August 31, 2023 
   August 31, 2018   August 31, 2023 
   August 31, 2018   August 31, 2023 

February 28, 
2020 

February 28, 
2025 

(1) 

On December 1, 2016, the Company sold the interest rate hedge agreement.  The fair value of the interest rate hedge, as of the date of the sale, was recorded in other 
comprehensive income, net of tax.  The gain from the sale will be recognized into earnings when earnings are impacted by the cash flows of the previously hedged 
variable interest rate. 

F-22 

  
  
    
    
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the effect of the Swaps on the Company’s financial statements 

are as follows: 

Cash Flow Hedging Derivatives 

Total Gain or (Loss) Recorded to 
AOCI 

Amount of (Gain) or Loss 
Reclassified from AOCI into 
Income 

Interest Rate Swaps ........................................    $ 

(9,867 )    $ 

(3,362 )    $ 

2,031      $ 

(387 ) 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

As of December 31, 2020, the net amount of realized losses from the hedge agreements expected to be reclassified 

from AOCI into earnings within the next 12 months is $3.0 million. 

NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES 

The domestic and foreign components of income before provision for income taxes are as follows for the years 

ended December 31: 

Domestic .....................................................................................     $ 
Foreign ........................................................................................       
Income before income taxes ........................................................     $ 

68,817      $ 
5,856        
74,673      $ 

87,622      $ 
2,551        
90,173      $ 

74,479   
8,348   
82,827   

2020 

2019 

2018 

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31: 

Current: 

Federal ......................................................................................     $ 
State ..........................................................................................       
Foreign ......................................................................................       
Total current .............................................................................       

Deferred: 

Federal ......................................................................................       
State ..........................................................................................       
Foreign ......................................................................................       
Total deferred ...........................................................................       
Income tax expense ................................................................     $ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

14,645      $ 
5,198        
1,736        
21,579        

(1,721 )      
314        
(458 )      
(1,865 )      
19,714      $ 

14,123      $ 
5,698        
1,537        
21,358        

320        
(25 )      
(418 )      
(123 )      
21,235      $ 

9,700   
4,035   
2,418   
16,153   

4,072   
1,452   
(250 ) 
5,274   
21,427   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 

and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes.  

F-23 

  
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
  
 
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following at December 31: 

2020 

2019 

Deferred Tax Assets 

Allowance for bad debt .................................................................................     $ 
Accrued paid time off ...................................................................................       
Foreign net operating loss (NOL) carry forward ..........................................       
State net operating loss (NOL) carry forward ...............................................       
Stock option compensation ...........................................................................       
Deferred rent .................................................................................................       
Deferred compensation .................................................................................       
Foreign tax credits ........................................................................................       
State tax credits .............................................................................................       
Foreign exchange ..........................................................................................       
Foreign deferred ...........................................................................................       
Accrued bonus ..............................................................................................       
Accrued liabilities and other .........................................................................       

Less: Valuation Allowance .........................................................................       
Total Deferred Tax Assets .......................................................................       

Deferred Tax Liabilities 

Retention.......................................................................................................       
Prepaid expenses ..........................................................................................       
Payroll taxes .................................................................................................       
Unbilled revenue...........................................................................................       
Depreciation .................................................................................................       
Amortization .................................................................................................       
Deferred gain and other ................................................................................       
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities ................................................................       
Total Net Deferred Tax Liability .........................................................     $ 

1,687      $ 
2,423        
957        
714        
2,308        
3,091        
4,598        
5,882        
2,108        
5,370        
650        
4,126        
5,701        
39,615        
(6,839 )      
32,776        

(1,003 )      
(1,089 )      
(489 )      
(1,451 )      
(1,731 )      
(60,392 )      
(951 )      
(67,106 )      
(34,330 )    $ 

888   
1,671   
866   
714   
2,666   
3,129   
3,902   
4,508   
2,026   
3,579   
200   
884   
4,434   
29,467   
(5,374 ) 
24,093   

(1,395 ) 
(1,451 ) 
(593 ) 
(2,691 ) 
(3,112 ) 
(52,076 ) 
(396 ) 
(61,714 ) 
(37,621 ) 

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. Congress passed the Tax Cuts and Job Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), which was 

signed into law on December 22, 2017 and is generally effective beginning January 1, 2018. The Company was impacted in 
several ways as a result of the Tax Act, including, but not limited to, provisions which include a permanent reduction in the 
U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities required as a 
result of the tax rate change and the application of a mandatory one-time “transition tax” on unremitted earnings of certain 
foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred.  

Pursuant to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), the Company 

completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act and refined its provisional estimates during the 
measurement period ended December 22, 2018. The Company recorded its adjustments to both the provisional estimate of 
the effects on existing deferred tax balances and the one-time transition tax in the period of enactment. The Company 
recognized the adjustments to the provisional estimate of the transition tax as a decrease in the provision for income taxes. 
The provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of the deferred tax balances was adjusted as an increase in 
the provision for income taxes, including adjustments to valuation allowances, of approximately $1.0 million.  

The Company re-measured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected 

to reverse in the future, which is now generally 26.4%.     

As of December 31, 2020, the cumulative foreign tax credit carryforward balance increased by approximately $1.4 

million and the valuation allowance required increased by approximately $1.4 million. No additional income taxes have 
been provided for on any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax.  No additional deferred 
income taxes have been provided for the $0.1 million of additional favorable outside basis differences inherent in these 
foreign entities as of December 31, 2020 because these amounts continue to be permanently reinvested in foreign 
operations.  

F-24 

  
  
  
     
  
     
         
    
  
     
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
 
 
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had approximately $2.5 million of foreign operating loss 

carryforward for income taxes which may be carried forward indefinitely. 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had NOL carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately 
$7.8 million, which expires in 2034. The Company acquired these NOLs as a result of its purchase of Olson in November 
2014. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the use of a corporation’s NOLs, tax credits and 
other carryovers after an “ownership change” occurs. Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-
ownership change taxable income a corporation may offset with pre-ownership change NOLs and credits. In general, the 
annual limitation is determined by multiplying the value of the corporation’s stock immediately before the ownership 
change (subject to certain adjustments) by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate. Any unused portion of the annual 
limitation is available for use in future years until such NOLs are scheduled to expire (in general, NOLs may be carried 
forward 20 years). The Company presently estimates that it will be able to fully utilize the remaining acquired NOLs prior 
to their expiration. 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had gross state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.7 

million, which expire between 2021 and 2029. A deferred tax asset of approximately $2.1 million, net of federal benefit, 
has been established related to these state income tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2020. 

The need to establish valuation allowances for deferred assets is based on a more-likely-than-not threshold that the 
benefit of such assets will be realized in future periods. Appropriate consideration has been given to all available evidence, 
including historical operating results, projections of taxable income, and tax planning alternatives. The Company concluded 
that a valuation allowance of approximately $1.0 million and $0.9 million was required for tax attributes related to specified 
foreign jurisdictions as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and an additional $5.8 million valuation allowance is 
required against our U.S. foreign tax credit carry forwards. 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2020 was $0.8 million, which includes $0.8 

million of tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective rate. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of 
December 31, 2019. 

The unrecognized tax benefit reconciliation, excluding penalty and interest, is as follows: 

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2018 .............................................................................     $ 
Increase attributable to tax positions taken during the current period ......................................    
Decrease attributable to settlements with taxing authorities .....................................................    
Decrease attributable to lapse of statute of limitations .............................................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018 .......................................................................    
Decrease attributable to tax positions taken during a prior period ............................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019 .......................................................................    
Increase attributable to tax positions taken during the current period ......................................    
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2020 .......................................................................     $ 

820   
216   
(37 ) 
(783 ) 
216   
(216 ) 
—   
811   
811   

The Company’s policy is not to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a 

component of tax expense. The Company had approximately $0.1 million accrued penalty and interest at December 31, 
2020.  The Company did not have any accrued penalty and interest at December 31, 2019 

The Company’s 2017 to 2019 tax years remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for federal 

tax purposes. Certain significant state and foreign tax jurisdictions are also either currently under examination or remain 
open under the statutes of limitation and subject to examination for the tax years from 2016 to 2019. 

Although the Company believes it has adequately provided for all uncertain tax positions, amounts asserted by 
taxing authorities could be greater than the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on federal, 
state and foreign income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying 
matters are effectively settled or otherwise resolved. Conversely, the Company could settle positions with the tax 
authorities for amounts lower than have been accrued. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that, during the next 
12 months, the Company’s liability for uncertain tax positions may not change. 

F-25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate. The differences between the 

statutory rate and the Company’s provision are as follows: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Taxes at statutory rate ................................................................      
State taxes, net of federal benefit ...............................................      
Foreign tax rate differential ........................................................      
Executive compensation .............................................................      
Other permanent differences ......................................................      
Prior year tax adjustments ..........................................................      
Unrecognized tax benefits ..........................................................      
Valuation allowance ...................................................................      
Equity-based compensation ........................................................      
Tax credits ..................................................................................      
Taxes at effective rate ..............................................................      

21.0 %      
5.6 %      
0.3 %      
2.4 %      
0.1 %      
(1.1 )%     
1.0 %      
1.6 %      
(3.8 )%     
(0.7 )%     
26.4 %      

21.0 %      
5.3 %      
0.3 %      
0.6 %      
0.7 %      
(1.0 )%     
(0.2 )%     
1.1 %      
(3.6 )%     
(0.6 )%     
23.6 %      

21.0 % 
5.2 % 
0.5 % 
1.0 % 
0.8 % 
0.2 % 
(0.6 )% 
1.3 % 
(3.0 )% 
(0.5 )% 
25.9 % 

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. federal, state and local governments, as well as numerous foreign 

governments, have enacted tax-related relief programs to provide both direct and indirect tax assistance in the form of tax 
subsidies, exemptions, deferrals and credits.  The Company is continuously analyzing these programs as they are 
introduced in order to determine its eligibility and the risks and benefits of participation.  During the year ended December 
31, 2020, the Company elected to participate in several COVID-19 tax-relief programs for which it was eligible  

Pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act, the Company exercised the option 

to defer payment of the employer portion of the Social Security tax, with 50% to be repaid by December 31, 2021 and the 
remainder by December 31, 2022.  The Company deferred payment of approximately $20.9 million of employer Social 
Security taxes during the year ended December 31, 2020.  As of December 31, 2020, the current portion of the deferred 
payments are included in accrued salaries and benefits, and the remaining deferred payments are included in other long-
term liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. We are currently participating in several international 
government subsidy programs, providing approximately $3.0 million as of December 31, 2020, whose objective is to 
encourage eligible companies to keep employees on the payroll during the COVID-19 pandemic. A requirement of these 
subsidies is that we continue to employ the identified employees who might otherwise have been impacted by a reaction to 
COVID-19. The subsidies are limited in the amount and time in which payroll costs are covered.       

F-26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
NOTE 14 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss included the following: 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments      

Gain on Sale of 
Interest Rate 
Hedge 
Agreement (1) 

Changes in 
Fair Value 
of Interest 
Rate Hedge 

Agreements (2)(5)      Total 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 
January 1, 2018 .....................................................  

$ 

Reclassification of stranded tax effects due to 

adoption of accounting principle (6) .......................  
Adjusted beginning balance .....................................      
Current period other comprehensive (loss) income:      
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications      
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income ......................................  
Effect of taxes (3) ....................................................      
Total current period other comprehensive loss ...      

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 
December 31, 2018 ...............................................  
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 

(7,638 ) 

$ 

2,158   

$ 

441     $ 

(5,039 ) 

(1,307 )     
(8,945 )     

(4,711 )     

—       
(512 )     
(5,223 )     

478        
2,636        

—       
441       

(829 ) 
(5,868 ) 

—        

(1,184 )     

(5,895 ) 

(660 )     
188       
(472 )     

(12 )     
208       
(988 )     

(672 ) 
(116 ) 
(6,683 ) 

(14,168 )     

2,164        

(547 )     

(12,551 ) 

reclassifications .................................................  

2,338       

—        

(3,362 )     

(1,024 ) 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income ......................................  
Effect of taxes (3) ....................................................      

Total current period other comprehensive 

income (loss) ...................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 
December 31, 2019 ...............................................  
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 

—       
835       

(720 )     
190       

333       
793       

(387 ) 
1,818   

3,173   

(530 ) 

(2,236 )     

407   

(10,995 )     

1,634        

(2,783 )     

(12,144 ) 

reclassifications .................................................  

4,141       

—        

(9,867 )     

(5,726 ) 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive income (4) ..................................  
Effect of taxes (3) ....................................................      

Total current period other comprehensive 

income (loss) ...................................................  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at 
December 31, 2020 ...............................................  

$ 

—       
(356 )     

(720 )     
182       

2,751       
1,907       

2,031   
1,733   

3,785   

(538 ) 

(5,209 )     

(1,962 ) 

(7,210 ) 

$ 

1,096   

$ 

(7,992 )   $ 

(14,106 ) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6)  

Represents the fair value of an interest rate hedge agreement, designated as a cash flow hedge, which was sold on December 1, 2016. The fair value of the interest rate 
hedge agreement was recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and will be reclassified to earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged items, as 
interest payments are made on the Credit Facility from January 31, 2018 to January 31, 2023. 

Represents the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge agreements designated as a cash flow hedges.  The fair value of the interest rate hedge agreement was 
recorded in other comprehensive income and will be reclassified to earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged items, as interest payments are made on the 
Credit Facility from August 31, 2018 to February 28, 2025. See additional details of the hedge agreements in Note 12 - Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. 

The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was 26.4%, 23.6%, and 25.9%, respectively. 

The Company expects to reclassify $0.7 million related to the Gain on Sale of Interest Rate Hedge Agreement, and $3.7 million losses related to the Change in Fair 
Value of Interest Rate Hedge Agreement from accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings during the next 12 months. 

The fair value of the interest rate hedge agreements is included in other current and other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.  

The Company has adjusted the balance of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 3, 2017 after the adoption of ASU 2018-02. 

F-27 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
         
        
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
NOTE 15 - ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

Stock Incentive Plans 

On April 4, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 
Omnibus Plan”), which was subsequently approved by the stockholders and became effective on May 31, 2018 (the 
“Effective Date”).  The 2018 Omnibus Plan replaced the previous 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). The 
2018 Omnibus Plan was amended on May 28, 2020 to increase the number of shares available for issuance.  

The 2018 Omnibus Plan, as amended, allows the Company to grant 1,600,000 shares using stock options, stock 

appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance units and PSAs, cash-based awards, and other stock-based awards 
to all key officers, key employees, and non-employee directors of the Company.  Outstanding grants under the Prior Plan, 
totaling 90,742, remain subject to their terms and conditions, and no additional awards from the Prior Plan are to be made 
after the Effective Date.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately 1,107,968 shares available to grant 
under the 2018 Omnibus Plan. CSRSUs have no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan and 
have no impact on the calculated shares used in earnings per share (“EPS”) calculations. 

The total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the 
unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2020, and the weighted-average period to recognize the remaining 
unrecognized shares are as follows:  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

Recognized 
as of December 31, 

Unrecognized 

2020 

2019 

2018 

December 31, 
2020 

Weighted 
Average 
Period to 
Recognize 
(years) 

Restricted Stock Units .................................................    $  11,895     $ 
7,015       
Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units ............................      
755       
Non-Employee Director Awards .................................      
4,905       
Performance Shares .....................................................      
Total ..........................................................................    $  24,570     $ 

7,410     $ 
10,644     $ 
8,214       
10,213       
764       
719       
4,455       
3,193       
26,031     $  19,581     $ 

10,777       
8,688       
383       
2,229       
22,077         

1.7   
1.5   
0.4   
1.5   

The assumptions of employment termination forfeiture rates used in the determination of fair value of stock awards 

during the 2020 calendar year were based on the Company’s historical average of actual forfeitures from the previous 10 
years preceding the reporting period. The expected annualized forfeiture rates used during the 2020 calendar year varied 
from 0% to 17.75%, and the Company does not expect these termination rates to vary significantly in the future. 

F-28 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
Stock Options 

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the 

date of grant. All options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 have a 10-year contractual term. Options generally have a 
vesting term of three or four years. There were no option awards granted during 2020, 2019, and 2018.  

The following table summarizes the changes in outstanding stock options: 

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price      

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Outstanding at January 1, 2018 ..............................................................       
Exercised .............................................................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Forfeited/Expired .................................................................................       
Outstanding at December 31, 2018 ........................................................       
Exercised .............................................................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Forfeited/Expired .................................................................................       
Outstanding at December 31, 2019 ........................................................       
Exercised .............................................................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Forfeited/Expired .................................................................................       
Outstanding at December 31, 2020 ........................................................       
Vested plus expected to vest at December 31, 2020 ..............................       
Exercisable at December 31, 2020 .........................................................       

411,498      $ 
(209,688 )    $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
201,810      $ 
(93,682 )    $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
108,128      $ 
(69,901 )    $ 
—      $ 
—      $ 
38,227      $ 
38,227      $ 
38,227      $ 

30.71          
27.86          
—          
—          
33.68          
31.21          
—          
—          
35.82          
37.94          
—          
—          
31.93      $ 
31.93      $ 
31.93      $ 

1,620,688   
1,620,688   
1,620,688   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $74.33 as of 
December 31, 2020. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $5.1 million, $4.9 million, and $8.3 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. All options were vested prior to December 31, 2018. As of 
December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining contractual term for options vested was 2.3 years and for exercisable 
options was 2.3 years. 

Information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 is summarized below: 

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING 

     OPTIONS EXERCISABLE 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 
$21.77 to $25.00 ...............................      
$25.01 to $27.00 ...............................      
$27.01 to $40.00 ...............................      
$40.01 to $41.00 ...............................      
$21.77 to $41.00 ...............................      

Number 
Outstanding 
As of 
December 31, 2020     
1,915       
6,332       
14,874       
15,106       
38,227       

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
Exercisable 
As of 

December 31, 2020      

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

0.3     $ 
1.2     $ 
2.2     $ 
3.2     $ 
2.3     $ 

21.77       
25.66       
27.03       
40.68       
—       

1,915      $ 
6,332      $ 
14,874      $ 
15,106      $ 
38,227      $ 

21.77   
25.66   
27.03   
40.68   
31.93   

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

F-29 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
Restricted Stock Units 

RSUs generally have a vesting term of three to four years. On vesting the employee is issued one share of stock for 

each RSU awarded. The fair value of shares vested was $14.1 million, $7.2 million, and $6.5 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

A summary of the Company’s RSUs is presented below.  

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value       

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Non-vested RSUs at January 1, 2018 .....................................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Vested ..................................................................................................       
Cancelled .............................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2018 ...............................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Vested ..................................................................................................       
Cancelled .............................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2019 ...............................................       
Granted ................................................................................................       
Vested ..................................................................................................       
Cancelled .............................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2020 ...............................................       
RSUs expected to vest in the future .......................................................       

463,587      $ 
235,480      $ 
(169,279 )    $ 
(55,548 )    $ 
474,240      $ 
159,831      $ 
(164,913 )    $ 
(19,183 )    $ 
449,975      $ 
170,411      $ 
(258,307 )    $ 
(56,680 )    $ 
305,399      $ 
279,087      $ 

38.71          
65.37          
38.66          
47.50          
50.93          
77.74          
43.82          
56.18          
62.48          
58.27          
54.73          
63.46          
66.51      $  22,700,308   

66.69      $  20,744,537   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $74.33 per 

share as of December 31, 2020. 

Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units 

CSRSUs generally have a vesting term of three to four years. A summary of the Company’s CSRSUs is presented 

below. 

Number of 
Shares 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Non-vested CSRSUs at January 1, 2018 ..............................................       
Granted ..............................................................................................       
Vested ................................................................................................       
Cancelled ...........................................................................................       
Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2018 ........................................       
Granted ..............................................................................................       
Vested ................................................................................................       
Cancelled ...........................................................................................       
Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2019 ........................................       
Granted ..............................................................................................       
Vested ................................................................................................       
Cancelled ...........................................................................................       
Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2020 ........................................       
CSRSUs expected to vest in the future .................................................       

391,916      $ 
147,103      $ 
(147,759 )    $ 
(53,854 )    $ 
337,406      $ 
103,606      $ 
(123,395 )    $ 
(21,384 )    $ 
296,233      $ 
134,259      $ 
(154,653 )    $ 
(34,358 )    $ 
241,481      $ 
213,305      $ 

38.80          
60.84          
38.71          
43.07          
47.73          
77.03          
44.61          
53.99          
58.83          
60.30          
49.44          
63.03          
65.06      $  17,949,283   

65.17      $  15,854,961   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $74.33 per 

share as of December 31, 2020. The fair value of CSRSUs vested and settled in cash for the years ended December 31, 
2020, 2019, and 2018 was $9.3 million, $7.2 million and $7.7 million, respectively. 

F-30 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Non-Employee Director Awards 

In the first six months of 2018, the Company granted awards of unregistered shares to its non-employee directors 
on a quarterly basis under its annual equity election plan. The awards were issued from the Company’s treasury stock and 
had no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan or the Prior Plan. 

A summary of the Company’s non-employee director awards of unregistered shares granted by fiscal year is 

presented below. 

For the Year ended December 31, 

2018 ...............................................................................................................       

Number of 
shares 
Granted 

Weighted- 
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value    
60.36   

7,985      $ 

Beginning on July 2, 2018, the Company granted awards of registered shares to its non-employee directors on an 

annual basis under the Omnibus Plan.  A summary of the non-employee director awards is presented below: 

Weighted- 
Average Grant 
Date Fair 
Value 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Non-vested RSUs at July 1, 2018 .........................................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2018 .............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2019 .............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2020 .............................................       
RSUs expected to vest in the future .....................................................       

—      $ 
11,606      $ 
(5,395 )    $ 
(1,243 )    $ 
4,968      $ 
9,732      $ 
(9,840 )    $ 
—      $ 
4,860      $ 
12,541      $ 
(10,891 )    $ 
—      $ 
6,510      $ 
6,510      $ 

—        
72.35        
72.35        
72.35        
72.35        
73.94        
73.14        
—        
73.94        
64.58        
68.82        
—        
64.47      $ 
64.47      $ 

483,888   
483,888   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $74.33 per 

share as of December 31, 2020. 

Performance Share Awards  

In 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a performance-based share program (the “Program”) that 

provides for the issuance of PSAs to its senior management. Under the Program, the number of PSAs that the participant 
will receive depends on the Company’s achievement of two performance goals during two performance periods. The 
performance goals under the Program are based on (i) the Company’s compounded annual growth rate in EPS during a 
two-year performance period and (ii) the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return (“rTSR”) relative to its peer group 
during a performance period from the first day of the performance period (typically January 1 of the year awarded) to the 
last day of the third year of the performance period (typically December 31). The PSAs will only be eligible to vest 
following the expiration of the three-year performance period. Actual shares vested will be subject to both continued 
employment by the Company (barring certain exceptions allowing for partial performance periods) and actual financial 
measures achieved. The actual number of shares of common stock that will be issued to each participant at the end of the 
applicable performance period will be determined by multiplying the award by the product of two percentages, one based 
on the Company’s EPS performance and a second one based on the Company’s rTSR performance, subject to a minimum 
and maximum performance level. As of December 31, 2020, shares granted during 2018, 2019, and 2020 are within year 
three, two, and one of the performance period, respectively, and therefore have not fully vested.  A total of 88,038 shares 
granted in 2017 vested during 2020 after meeting the performance goals, and a total of 94,178 shares (adjusted for partial 
performance periods) granted in 2018, 2019, and 2020 is expected to vest in the future. 

F-31 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
A summary of the Company’s PSAs is presented below. 

Weighted- 
Average Grant 
Date Fair 
Value 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number of 
Shares 

Non-vested PSAs at January 1, 2018 ...................................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2018 ..............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2019 ..............................................       
Granted .........................................................................................       
Vested ..........................................................................................       
Cancelled ......................................................................................       
Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2020 ..............................................       
PSAs expected to vest in the future ......................................................       

187,022      $ 
45,136      $ 
(30,576 )    $ 
(32,096 )    $ 
169,486      $ 
85,928      $ 
(107,000 )    $ 
—      $ 
148,414      $ 
87,314      $ 
(88,038 )    $ 
(5,569 )    $ 
142,121      $ 
94,178      $ 

39.95        
65.05        
44.21        
43.72        
45.15        
62.07        
37.21        
—        
60.67        
51.44        
38.81        
69.66        
68.19      $  10,563,854   
69.76      $  7,000,251   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $74.33 per 

share as of December 31, 2020.  The fair value of the awards is estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation 
model due to the market condition for the rTSR component. The fair value assumptions using the Monte Carlo simulation 
model for awards granted in 2020, 2019, and 2018 were: 

Dividend Yield .......................................................................................      
Historical Volatility ................................................................................      
Risk-Free Rate of Returns ......................................................................      

1.0 %      
35.7 %      
0.4 %      

0.7 %     
29.3 %     
2.4 %     

0.9 % 
31.9 % 
2.4 % 

2020 

2019 

2018 

NOTE 16 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

In January 2018, the Company acquired TFC, a leading boutique loyalty strategy and marketing company based in 

London, U.K.  The acquisition of TFC enhanced and extended the Company’s customer loyalty business to Europe. 

In August 2018, the Company acquired DMS Disaster Consultants (“DMS”), a disaster management and recovery 

firm based in Florida, to broaden its capabilities in support of assisting communities, businesses and individuals recover 
from man-made and nature disasters.  DMS assists public sector clients with man-made and natural disaster planning and 
preparedness, and post-disaster response and recovery efforts by assisting clients in obtaining funding from the Federal 
Emergency Management Agency, insurance companies, and other sources. 

In October 2018, the Company acquired We Are Vista (“Vista”), a communications company headquartered in 

Leeds, U.K., with an additional presence in London.  Vista provides advisory services and solutions to clients in the 
financial, retail, automobile, and energy industries and broadens the Company’s capabilities in the region. 

On January 31, 2020, the Company acquired all of the membership interests in Incentive Technology Group, LLC 
(“ITG”), a Virginia limited liability company, for the purchase price of $255.0 million (subject to post-closing and working 
capital adjustments). Headquartered in Arlington, Virginia, ITG is an information technology consulting firm that provides 
cloud-based platform services to the federal government. The acquisition is expected to augment the Company’s federal 
government business. The acquisition of ITG includes provisions that adjust the consideration transferred for excesses or 
shortfalls in the stipulated amount of working capital as of the acquisition date, as defined. 

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method. The preliminary allocation of the total purchase 

price to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of ITG is based on management’s preliminary estimate of fair value 
as of the acquisition date and is subject to revision until the purchase price adjustments and valuations of intangible assets 
and goodwill are finalized. The Company engaged an independent valuation firm to assist management in the allocation of 
the purchase price to goodwill and to other acquired intangible assets. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated 
fair value of the net tangible assets acquired was approximately $235.6 million. The Company has allocated approximately 
$188.3 million to goodwill and $47.3 million to other intangible assets. The goodwill recorded as part of the acquisition 

F-32 

  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
primarily reflects the value of providing an established platform to leverage the Company’s existing digital interactive 
technologies and domain expertise, synergies expected to arise from providing end-to-end customer solutions to a 
combined client-base across all channels, as well as any intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition. The 
ITG acquisition is treated as a deemed asset purchase for income tax purposes; therefore, goodwill and amortization of 
other intangibles created via this acquisition will be amortized for income tax purposes over 15 years. 

In December 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Eco-Tech Consultants, Inc (“Eco-Tech”), is an 

ecological consulting firm located in Louisville, Kentucky. The firm provides a range of ecological services across 
the Eastern United States and will greatly increase the Company’s capacity to support a growing portfolio of transportation 
agency clients in the eastern United States. 

A prior acquisition’s purchase agreement included additional consideration in the form of two warranty and 
indemnity hold back payments, one for approximately $1.9 million, which was released in the second quarter of 2020, and 
the other for approximately $1.2 million scheduled to be released in the fourth quarter of 2022. The two warranty and 
indemnity liabilities were recorded at their fair value at the date of the acquisition discounting the liabilities at 3.0% and 
3.25%, respectively. 

Separately or in the aggregate, the acquisitions were not significant to the Company’s financial statements taken as 

a whole.   

NOTE 17 - EARNINGS PER SHARE 

EPS is computed by dividing reported net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Diluted 
EPS considers the potential dilution that could occur if common stock equivalents of stock options, RSUs, and PSAs were 
exercised or converted into stock. PSAs are included in the computation of diluted shares only to the extent that the 
underlying performance conditions (i) are satisfied as of the end of the reporting period or (ii) would be considered satisfied 
if the end of the reporting period were the end of the related performance period and the result would be dilutive under the 
treasury stock method. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, there were 1,879 weighted-average shares, 
2,822 weighted-average shares, and 20,291 weighted-average shares, respectively, excluded from the calculation of EPS 
because they were anti-dilutive. The anti-dilutive shares were primarily RSUs. 

The dilutive effect of stock options, RSUs, and performance shares for each period reported is summarized below: 

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding ..................................................       
Effect of potential exercise of stock options, RSUs, and PSAs .....................       
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding ............................................       

18,841        
294        
19,135        

18,816        
408        
19,224        

18,797   
538   
19,335   

2020 

2019 

2018 

NOTE 18 - SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM 

The Company’s share repurchase program allows for share repurchases in the aggregate up to $100.0 million under 

share repurchase plans approved by the board of directors pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. On March 13, 2020, the Company terminated the Rule 10b5-1 plan element of the 
share repurchase program. The Company subsequently approved an updated Rule 10b5-1 plan element of the share 
repurchase program, as part of its normal process, that is scheduled to commence January 2021 The Credit Facility permits 
unlimited share repurchases, provided the Company’s Leverage Ratio, prior to and after giving effect to such repurchases, 
is not greater than 3.50 to 1.00. 

Purchases under this program may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices in open market purchases 

or in privately negotiated transactions pursuant to Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and in accordance with applicable 
insider trading and other securities laws and regulations. The purchases are funded from existing cash balances and/or 
borrowings, and the repurchased shares are held in treasury and used for general corporate purposes. The timing and extent 
to which the Company repurchases its shares will depend on market conditions and other corporate considerations at the 
Company’s sole discretion. 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company repurchased 278,582 shares at a total cost of $21.9 

million under this program. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $46.1 million remained available under the share 
repurchase plan. 

F-33 

  
  
  
     
    
  
  
 
 
NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE 

The Company measures and reports certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with 
Accounting Standard Codification, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). Fair value is defined as the 
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants on the measurement date. Generally, fair value is based on observable quoted market prices or derived from 
observable market data when such market prices or data are available. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy used to 
estimate fair value by which each level is categorized based on the priority of the inputs used to measure fair value: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: Quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar 
assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the 
asset or liability (e.g. interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals, and 
implied volatilities); and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by 
correlation or other means; and 

Level 3: Uses inputs that are unobservable and require the Company to make certain assumptions and require 
significant estimation and judgment from management to use in pricing the fair value of the assets and 
liabilities. 

Certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, contract receivables, and accounts payable are 

carried at cost, which, due to their short maturities, approximates their fair values at December 31, 2020 and 2019. The 
carrying value of other long-term liabilities related to capital expenditure obligations approximates their fair value at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019 based on the current rates offered to the Company for similar instruments with comparable 
maturities (Level 2). The Company believes the carrying value of its Credit Facility at December 31, 2020 and 2019 
approximates the estimated fair value for debt with similar terms, interest rates, and remaining maturities currently 
available to companies with similar credit ratings (Level 2).  

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 820 to its assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair 

value pursuant to other accounting standards, including assets and liabilities resulting from the Company’s nonqualified 
deferred compensation plan, interest rate swap agreement (see Note 12 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities), 
and foreign currency forward contract agreements not eligible for hedge accounting.  

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and their location within the accompanying 

consolidated financial statements are as follows: 

December 31, 2020 

Level 1       Level 2 

     Level 3       Total 

Location on Balance Sheet 

(in thousands) 
Assets: 
Forward contract agreements ................................  $  —      $ 
Deferred compensation investments in cash 

103      $  —      $ 

103     

Prepaid expenses and other 

surrender life insurance .....................................     —        

16,796     
Total .......................................................................  $  —      $  16,899      $  —      $  16,899     

16,796         —        

Other assets 

Liabilities: 
Deferred compensation plan liabilities ..................  $  —      $  17,276      $  —      $  17,276     
Interest rate swaps - current portion ......................     —        
3,693     
Interest rate swaps - long-term portion .................     —        
7,234     
Total .......................................................................  $  —      $  28,203      $  —      $  28,203     

3,693         —        
7,234         —        

Other long-term liabilities 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 

December 31, 2019 

Level 1       Level 2 

     Level 3       Total 

Location on Balance Sheet 

(in thousands) 
Assets: 
Forward contract agreements ................................  $  —      $ 
Deferred compensation investments in cash 

733      $  —      $ 

733     

Prepaid expenses and other 

surrender life insurance .....................................     —        

15,020     
Total .......................................................................  $  —      $  15,753      $  —      $  15,753     

15,020         —        

Other assets 

Liabilities: 
Deferred compensation plan liabilities ..................  $  —      $  14,855      $  —      $  14,855     
Interest rate swaps - current portion ......................     —        
1,069     
Interest rate swaps - long-term portion .................     —        
2,742     
Total .......................................................................  $  —      $  18,666      $  —      $  18,666        

1,069         —        
2,742         —        

Other long-term liabilities 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Long-term Liabilities: Other 

F-34 

  
  
  
  
  
       
     
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
     
          
          
          
    
  
  
NOTE 20 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES 

Litigation and Claims 

The Company is involved in various legal matters and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While 

these matters and proceedings cause it to incur costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, the Company currently 
believes that any ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on 
the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Road Home Contract 

On June 10, 2016, the Office of Community Development (the “OCD”) of the State of Louisiana filed a written 

administrative demand with the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration against ICF Emergency Management Services, 
L.L.C. (“ICF Emergency”), a subsidiary of the Company, in connection with ICF Emergency’s administration of the Road 
Home Program (the “Program”).  The Program contract was a three-year, $912 million contract awarded to the Company in 
2006 and that ended, as scheduled, in 2009.   

The Program was primarily intended to help homeowners and landlords of small rental properties affected by 
Hurricanes Rita and Katrina. In its administrative demand, the OCD sought approximately $200.8 million in alleged 
overpayments to Program grant recipients.  The State separately supplemented the amount of recovery it is seeking to total 
approximately $220.2 million. The State of Louisiana, through the Division of Administration, also filed suit in Louisiana 
state court on June 10, 2016 broadly alleging, and seeking recoupment for, the same claim made in the administrative 
proceeding submission before the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration. On September 21, 2016, the Commissioner 
of the Division of Administration notified OCD and the Company of his decision to defer jurisdiction of the administrative 
demand filed by the OCD.  In so doing, the Commissioner declined to reach a decision on the merits, stated that his deferral 
would not be deemed to grant or deny any portion of the OCD’s claim, and authorized the parties to proceed on the matter 
in the previously filed judicial proceeding.  The Company continues to believe that this claim has no merit, intends to 
vigorously defend its position, and has therefore not recorded a liability as of December 31, 2020.  

Executive Chair Retirement 

On November 15, 2020, Sudhakar Kesavan (the “Executive Chair”) gave notice of his retirement as Executive 

Chair, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, and an officer and director of the Company’s subsidiaries and 
affiliated entities, in each case effective as of December 31, 2020. In connection with his retirement, the Executive Chair 
was entitled to receive, upon his departure, compensation such as immediate vesting of outstanding RSUs and other 
benefits as provided in his employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) for a termination of employment on the 
basis of “good reason.” Under the terms of the Employment Agreement, compensation included $1.8 million in severance, 
$0.9 million in pro rata annual incentive bonus, and $0.1 million in welfare benefits, payable subsequent to December 31, 
2020. Additionally, all equity awards outstanding were accelerated, and outstanding options exercised.  RSU awards, 
totaling 50,818 shares, previously vested and accelerated, were released to the Executive Chair on December 31, 2020, of 
which 24,550 shares were repurchased back by the Company to satisfy income tax withholding requirements. PSA awards 
totaling 50,112 shares at December 31, 2020, originally granted and vested and accelerated, are to be satisfied through the 
normal course of the PSA equity award plan subsequent to the retirement date, and subject to adjustments from EPS and 
rTSR performances, see Note 15 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” 

NOTE 21 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

Retirement Savings Plan 

Effective June 30, 1999, the Company established the ICF Consulting Group Retirement Savings Plan (the 

“Retirement Savings Plan”). The Retirement Savings Plan is a defined contribution profit sharing plan with a cash or 
deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants in the Retirement Savings Plan are 
able to elect to defer up to 70% of their compensation, subject to statutory limitations, and are entitled to receive 100% 
employer matching contributions for the first 3% and 50% for the next 2% of their compensation. Contribution expense 
related to the Retirement Savings Plan for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was approximately $18.1 
million, $17.3 million, and $16.2 million, respectively. 

Deferred Compensation Plan 

Certain key employees of the Company are eligible to defer a specified percentage of their cash compensation by 

having it contributed to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to 80% of 
their base salary and up to 100% of performance bonuses, reduced by any amounts withheld for the payment of taxes or 

F-35 

  
  
other deductions required by law. Participants are at all times 100% vested in their account balances. The Company funds 
its deferred compensation liabilities by making cash contributions to a Rabbi Trust at the time the salary or bonus being 
deferred would otherwise be payable to the employee. The liability to plan participants is materially funded at all times and 
the plan does not have a material net impact on the Company’s results of operations. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

The Company has a 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) under which one million shares have been 

authorized for issuance. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through 
payroll deductions up to $25,000 per calendar year over six-month offering periods at a discount not to exceed 5% of the 
market value on the date of each purchase period, and therefore the Company does not recognize compensation expense 
related to the ESPP. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, employees purchased a total of 31,744 and 23,636 
shares at an average purchase price of $64.77 and $78.05, respectively.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 
647,126 and 678,870 shares remaining available for future issuance.  

NOTE 22 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

Dividend 

On February 25, 2021, the Company’s board of directors approved a $0.14 per share cash dividend. The dividend 

will be paid on April 13, 2021 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 26, 2021. 

NOTE 23 - SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Balance at beginning of period ..................................     $ 
Bad debt expense ....................................................    
Write-offs, net of recoveries ...................................    
Effect of foreign currency translation .....................    
Balance at end of period ............................................     $ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

3,506      $ 
4,062     
(41 )   
89     
7,616      $ 

5,284      $ 
624     
(2,403 )   
1     
3,506      $ 

3,853   
2,480   
(1,027 ) 
(22 ) 
5,284   

Income Tax Valuation Allowance 

Balance at beginning of period ....................................     $ 
Provision for income taxes - valuation allowance ....    
Balance at end of period ..............................................     $ 

5,374      $ 
1,465     
6,839      $ 

5,112      $ 
262     
5,374      $ 

1,636   
3,476   
5,112   

2020 

2019 

2018 

F-36 

   
  
  
  
     
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NOTE 24 - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) 

2020 

2019 

1Q 

2Q 

3Q 

4Q 

1Q 

2Q 

3Q 

4Q 

Revenue ............................     $ 358,238     $ 353,987     $ 360,315     $ 434,335     $ 341,254     $ 366,717     $ 373,918     $ 396,636   
Operating income .............     $  16,319     $  22,782     $  28,250     $  21,758     $  21,889     $  22,542     $  28,664     $  28,298   
Net income .......................     $  10,612     $  13,656     $  17,871     $  12,820     $  15,318     $  14,611     $  19,630     $  19,379   

Earnings per share: 

Basic ..............................  
Diluted ...........................  

  $ 
  $ 

0.56     $ 
0.55     $ 

0.73     $ 
0.72     $ 

0.95     $ 
0.94     $ 

0.68     $ 
0.67     $ 

0.81     $ 
0.80     $ 

0.78     $ 
0.76     $ 

1.04     $ 
1.02     $ 

1.03   
1.01   

Weighted-average 
common shares 
outstanding 
(in thousands) 

Basic ..............................  
Diluted ...........................  

     18,840        18,829        18,853        18,841        18,825        18,805        18,799        18,834   
     19,197        19,020        19,086        19,143        19,263        19,133        19,169        19,234   

Cash dividends declared 

per common share .........  

   $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14     $ 

0.14   

F-37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
        
        
           
      
        
        
        
    
  
    
      
          
         
         
      
          
         
  
  
  
    
      
          
         
         
      
          
         
  
  
  
        
        
           
      
        
        
        
    
  
    
      
          
         
         
      
          
         
  
  
  
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP 

Eileen O’Shea Auen  
Chief Executive Officer 
Deep Run Consulting, LLC 

Marilyn Crouther 
CEO & Principal,  
Crouther Consulting, LLC 

Dr. Srikant M. Datar 
Dean, Harvard Business School 
Harvard University 

Cheryl W. Grisé 
Retired Executive Vice President 
Eversource Energy (f/k/a Northeast 
Utilities) 

Randall Mehl 
President  
Stewardship Capital Advisors, LLC 

Peter M. Schulte  
Managing Partner and Founder  
CM Equity Partners 

Michael Van Handel 
Retired Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer 
Manpower Group 

John Wasson 
Chair, President and Chief Executive 
Officer 
ICF International, Inc. 

  TRANSFER AGENT 

American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Company 6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, New York 11219  
1-800-937-5449 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR 

Grant Thornton LLP 
2010 Corporate Ridge, Suite 400 
McLean, Virginia 22102 
1-703-847-7500 

INVESTOR CONTACT 

Lynn Morgen/David Gold  
AdvisIRy Partners 
501 Madison Avenue, Floor 12A 
New York, New York 10022 
1-212-750-5800 

  CORPORATE OFFICE 

ICF International, Inc.  
9300 Lee Highway 
Fairfax, Virginia 22031 
1-703-934-3000 
info@icf.com 

John Wasson 
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer 

James C. Morgan 
Executive Vice President and Chief of Business 
Operations 

Bettina G. Welsh 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Andrea Baier 
Senior Vice President 
Corporate Growth  

Anne Choate 
Senior Vice President 
Energy, Environment and Infrastructure 

Gene Costa 
Executive Vice President 
Disaster Management and Europe & Asia Strategy 

James E. Daniel 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and 
Secretary 

John George 
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer 

Amira Hossain 
Senior Vice President 
Corporate Development 

Mark Lee 
Senior Vice President 
Public Sector Group 

Matt Maurer 
Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer  

Caryn McGarry 
Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Human  Resources 
Officer  

Philip Mihlmester 
Executive Vice President 
Global Energy 

Sergio Ostria 
Executive Vice President 
Client Services and Innovation 

Tobias Schaefer 
Senior Vice President 
Europe and Asia 

Dr. David Speiser 
Executive Vice President 
Corporate Strategy 

Robert Toth 
Senior Vice President 
Contracts & Administration 

Kris Tremaine 
Senior Managing Partner 
ICF Next 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
... 

FSC"C1FSC"C101681